Anda di halaman 1dari 542

CAM2® Measure v10.

7
FaroArm
Training Workbook
Version 10.7 • September 2017
FaroArm
Training Workbook
Version 10.7 • September 2017
©FARO Technologies Inc., 1999-2017. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, or transmitted in any form or by any means without
written permission of FARO Technologies, Inc.

FARO TECHNOLOGIES, INC. MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,


INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE FaroArm AND ANY MATERIALS,
AND MAKES SUCH MATERIALS AVAILABLE SOLELY ON AN “AS-IS” BASIS.

IN NO EVENT SHALL FARO TECHNOLOGIES INC. BE LIABLE TO ANYONE FOR SPECIAL,


COLLATERAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR
ARISING OUT OF THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE FaroArm OR ITS MATERIALS. THE SOLE
AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY TO FARO TECHNOLOGIES, INC., REGARDLESS OF THE FORM
OF ACTION, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE MATERIALS DESCRIBED
HEREIN.

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE


AND DOES NOT REPRESENT A COMMITMENT ON THE PART OF FARO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
ACCEPTANCE OF THIS DOCUMENT BY THE CUSTOMER CONSTITUTES ACKNOWLEDGMENT
THAT IF ANY INCONSISTENCY EXISTS BETWEEN THE ENGLISH AND NON-ENGLISH VERSIONS,
THE ENGLISH VERSION TAKES PRECEDENCE.

FARO®, FaroArm®, FARO Laser ScanArm®, and CAM2® are registered trademarks of FARO
Technologies, Inc.

Windows® and Excel® are registered trademarks of Microsoft, Inc.

Acrobat® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Inc.

DATAPAGE® is a registered trademark of Brown & Sharpe, Inc.

Rhino® is a registered trademark of Robert McNeel & Associates.

CATIA® is a registered trademark of Dassault Systemes.

Unigraphics®, Parasolid® and Solid Edge® are registered trademarks of UGS corp.

SolidWorks® is a registered trademark of SolidWorks Corporation

08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf


https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
About this Training
Intended audience: any FARO CAM2 Measure user measuring with a FaroArm

Length of Training: Three days.

Structure: Modules and Lessons.

The training is not intended to cover every menu item of CAM2 Measure. We have
taken the most common applications of CAM2 Measure and developed a training
program that teaches you core principles, measuring strategies, and tips in a hands-
on format. Our intent is for this training to provide a strong foundation for you to
start using your FARO measurement system in your environment. Additionally, it will
prepare you to learn more advanced features of the software.

Definition of Icons and Styles:

## Information and tips

Caution and Warning statements

General information

Bold Italic Text Indicates directories, menus, buttons, tabs,


keys, acronyms, and modes.
Monospaced Text Indicates alpha/numeric characters or
values you enter in a field on the screen.
For example, “Type 0.005 for the tolerance
setting.”

08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf


https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
E

Bolt Circle
1
C P3 P4 D
8 2

11 F 7 9 10 3 12

T1 T2

A P1 P2 B
6 4

H
5 4 3 2 1

65 20
[2.56] [.787]

D .50 167 .50 B D


B [6.575]
130
50 [5.118]
[1.969] 50
20 [1.969]
15 65
[.591] 25 [.787] 20
[2.559]
[.984] 15 [.787]
25 15 [.591] 15 20
[.984] [.591] [.591] [.787]

30
50 [1.181]
65
C [1.969] C
[2.559]
265
160 [10.433]
[6.299] B
4X 5
240
[.197]
[9.449]
170
255 [6.693] 300
[10.04] [11.811]

50
[1.969] B 150
.50 C
[5.906]
B B

100
40
[3.94] 50
[1.575]
.50 A [1.969]
C
60 15 25
[2.362] 15 [.591] [.984]
[.591] EQ. SP. ON A .50
15 8X 20 [0.787] +0.25 A
30 -0.10 140 [5.512] BC
[.591]
[1.181] 30 Ø 1.0 M A B C
[1.181]
15° Ø 0.25 M A
A THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS A
THIS DRAWING AND ALL THE INFORMATION THERIN ARE IN MILLIMETERS TOLERANCES ARE:
IS THE PROPERTY OF FARO TECHNOLOGIES, X .X .XX .XXX ANGLE
INCORPORATED. THIS DRAWING IS CONFIDENTIAL ±0.25 ±0.1 ±0.05 ±0.01 ±1°
AND MAY NOT BE MADE PUBLIC OR REPRODUCED
WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF FARO THREADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH HANDBOOK 28
TECHNOLOGIES, INCORPORATED. THIS DRAWING 63 FINSH REQUIRED INTERPRET DRAWING PER DOD-STD-100
SECTION B-B IS LOANED SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON DEMAND AND ASME Y14.5. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
AND SHALL NOT BE USED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TITLE
IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF
FARO TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED. BASE, DEMO FIXTURE
03FRM049-REV 1
5 4 3 2 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Module 1:
Measurement System Overview
Lesson 1: Hardware Setup�������������������������������������������������������������������������� 1.3
Assembly��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.3
Storage ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.6
Install A Probe�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.8
Connect The FaroArm To The Computer ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.12
FaroArm LEDs����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.14
FaroArm Buttons �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.15
Start CAM2 Measure �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.16
Reference The FaroArm Encoders �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.16
Device Control Panel������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.17

Lesson 2: CAM2 Measure Overview��������������������������������������������������������� 1.19


Feature-Based Measurement ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.19
Point Cloud Measurement ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.20
Commands In CAM2 Measure – Methods to Access���������������������������������������������������������������1.20
Screen Layout����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.21
Preferences��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.27
Help Files������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.27
ACTIVITY: Change a Preference �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������1.29
ACTIVITY: Review The What Is New Topic ���������������������������������������������������������������������������1.30

Module 2:
Measurement Considerations
Lesson 1: Environment�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 2.3
Temperature Effect On A Part������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.3
Movement�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.3
Vibration Effects����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.4
Mounting Stability�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.4

Lesson 2: Device����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 2.7


Probe Compensation�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.7
XYZ Location��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.7
Probe Compensation Error����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.7
Single Hole Compensation Method���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.8
ACTIVITY: Compensating A Probe �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.8
Probe Compensation Repeatability�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.13
Single Point Articulation Test (SPAT)�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.13
ACTIVITY: Single Point Articulation Test (SPAT) ������������������������������������������������������������������2.14
C o n t e n t s

FaroArm Help File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.15

Lesson 3: FaroArm Device Setup Checklist���������������������������������������������� 2.17


Temperature Effect On A Part����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.17
Temperature Effect On The Device �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.17
Movement�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.17
Vibration Effects��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.17
o f

Mounting Stability�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������2.17
Ta b l e

i
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 3:
Basic Measurement
Strategy: Basic Measurement������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.2

Lesson 1: Measure�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3.5


Before Measuring�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.5
How To Measure Features�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.6
Part Measurement Workflow: Measure or Template Mode���������������������������������������������������������3.6
Measure Mode�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.6
Template Mode�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.6
Measurement Panel���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.7
Record a Reading ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.12
Probe Compensation�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.12
Plane Compensation������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.13
Activity: Measure A Plane In Measure Mode��������������������������������������������������������������������������3.14
Percentage Of Measured Feature Vs. Total Feature Size��������������������������������������������������������3.15
ACTIVITY: Measuring Features In The Measure Mode���������������������������������������������������������3.17
ACTIVITY: Adding Features To The Features List In The Template Mode����������������������������3.19
ACTIVITY: Measuring A Feature On The Features List����������������������������������������������������������3.20
Rename A Feature���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.21
ACTIVITY: Renaming A Feature����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.22
Projection Plane�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.23
ACTIVITY: Measuring Features On A New Plane������������������������������������������������������������������3.25
Measure A 2D Line���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.26
Measure A Round Slot���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.26
Measure A Point With No Plane Of Projection��������������������������������������������������������������������������3.27
ACTIVITY: Setting The Plane Of Projection And Measuring Basic Features������������������������3.27
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.29
Feature Color������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.30
Feature Status Indicator�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.30
Show And Hide Features�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.30
Evaluate Measurement Data�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.31
Add/Remove Readings��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.32
Measuring Mode: Scan Mode����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.33

Lesson 2: Construct����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3.35


Why Are Constructions Needed?�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.35
Feature Reducibility��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.36
ACTIVITY: Feature Reducibility ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.37
Point Constructions��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.38
ACTIVITY: Opening A Saved File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.39
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Point By Intersection Of Two Features�����������������������������������������3.40
Changing the View���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.40
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Point By Projection�����������������������������������������������������������������������3.41
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Point By Midpoint��������������������������������������������������������������������������3.41
Line Constructions ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.42
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Line By Intersection Of Two Planes���������������������������������������������3.42
C o n t e n t s

Plane Constructions�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.43
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Best Fit Plane��������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.43
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Plane By Offset�����������������������������������������������������������������������������3.44
Activity: Constructing A Plane Perpendicular��������������������������������������������������������������������������3.44
Circle Constructions�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.45
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Circle By Intersect�������������������������������������������������������������������������3.46
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Circle By Best Fit��������������������������������������������������������������������������3.46
o f

ACTIVITY: Reviewing And Evaluating Data ���������������������������������������������������������������������������3.47


ACTIVITY: Editing The Data For The Best Fit Constructed Circle�����������������������������������������3.47
ACTIVITY: Reviewing The Data For The Best Fit Constructed Circle�����������������������������������3.48
Ta b l e

ACTIVITY: Saving A File ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.49

ii
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 3: Dimension��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3.51
Types Of Dimensions�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.52
Length Dimensions���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.52
ACTIVITY: Opening A Saved File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.52
ACTIVITY: Dimensioning A Length From Features����������������������������������������������������������������3.53
Picking From Screen������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.54
ACTIVITY: Dimensioning A Length From Features����������������������������������������������������������������3.54
Edit A Feature�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.55
ACTIVITY: Editing A Dimension����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.55
Angle Dimensions����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.56
ACTIVITY: Dimensioning An Angle�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.57
ACTIVITY: Dimensioning An Angle�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.57
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.58

Lesson 4: Report��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3.59


Report Customizations���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.59
The Report Button����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.60
Add Or Remove Features On A Report�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.62
Document Header Information���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.62
Picture Preview in A Report��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.63
Save a Customized List Of Features�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.63
ACTIVITY: Creating A Report With Customized Content�������������������������������������������������������3.64
View Report Style Options���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.65
Save A Report�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.66
Open A Saved Report����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.66
E-mail A Report���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.66
Activity: Changing The Report View Style�������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.67
Activity: Saving A Report����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.67
Activity: Opening A Saved Report�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.68
Activity: Saving A File���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.68
Create A New Report Template��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.69
Activity: Creating A New Report Template�������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.69
Feature Grouping�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.70
Activity: Creating A Feature Group������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.70
Activity: Saving A File���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.71

Lesson 5: Review Activities ���������������������������������������������������������������������� 3.73


ACTIVITY: Constructing A Point����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.73
ACTIVITY: Dimensioning Point To Point���������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.73
Activity: Saving A File���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.73
ACTIVITY: Adding A Report�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.73
All Activities Complete��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������3.73

Module 4:
Move Device
Strategy: Move Device�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.2
C o n t e n t s
Move Device ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.3
When To Use Move Device����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.3
Move Device: Basic Concepts�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.3
Feature Window���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.5

Lesson 1: Move Device������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4.7


PRE-ACTIVITY:����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.8
o f

Activity: Creating A Move Device Position���������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.9


Activity: Saving A File���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.12
Review The Device Positions����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.12
Ta b l e

iii
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: Move Device Using Circles������������������������������������������������������� 4.13
Projection Plane�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.13
PRE-ACTIVITY:��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.14
Activity: Creating A Device Position With Circles��������������������������������������������������������������������4.14
Activity: Saving A File���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������4.16

Module 5:
Coordinate Systems
Strategy: Coordinate Systems�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.2
What Is A Coordinate System? ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.2
Why Use A Coordinate System? �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.2
Feature Selection�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.4
Define A Coordinate System Using 3-2-1������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.4

Lesson 1: Coordinate Systems�������������������������������������������������������������������� 5.7


PRE-ACTIVITY:�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.7
Activity: Creating A Coordinate System�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.8
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.10
Activity: Viewing The Report����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.11
ACTIVITY: Saving A File ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.11

Lesson 2: Advanced Coordinate Systems������������������������������������������������� 5.13


Create A Coordinate System������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.13
ACTIVITY: Creating A Coordinate System Using A Line As Primary��������������������������������������5.14
Activity: Viewing The Report����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.15
Create A Coordinate System (Origin Options)���������������������������������������������������������������������������5.15
ACTIVITY: Creating A Coordinate System (Origin Options)���������������������������������������������������5.16
Activity: Viewing The Report����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.17
Activity: Saving A File���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������5.17

Module 6:
Nominals and Tolerances
Strategy: Nominals And Tolerances���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.2
Definitions�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.2
The Feature Information Panel����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.2
Nominals: Circle Example������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.3

Lesson 1: Nominals and Tolerances������������������������������������������������������������ 6.5


PRE-ACTIVITY:�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.5
Activity: Entering Nominal Data�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.6
Change Default Tolerances Settings�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.8
Activity: Changing The Default Tolerance Settings ������������������������������������������������������������������6.8
Setting Tolerances in a Measurement File�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.8
Activity: Editing And Copying Tolerances ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.9
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.10
C o n t e n t s

Activity: Viewing The Report����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.10


ACTIVITY: Saving A File ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.11

Lesson 2: An Alternative Workflow������������������������������������������������������������ 6.13


PRE-ACTIVITY:�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.13
Activity: Adding Measurements To Nominals��������������������������������������������������������������������������6.14
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6.15
o f
Ta b l e

iv
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 7:
Review Activities
Final Review Activities �������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 7.3
Activity: Coordinate System�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������7.3
Activity: Saving A File�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������7.3
Activity: Measure, Nominals, Tolerances, And Constructions���������������������������������������������������7.3
Activity: Constructions And Tolerances�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������7.4
Activity: Dimensions�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������7.4
Activity: Reports�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������7.4
All Activities Complete����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������7.4

Module 8:
Working with CAD
Strategy: Working With CAD��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.2

Lesson 1: CAD ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 8.3


Types of CAD Files ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.3
ACTIVITY: Importing A CAD File ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.5
Defining Nominal Features From CAD����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.5
ACTIVITY: Defining Nominal Features From CAD�������������������������������������������������������������������8.6
ACTIVITY: Saving A File �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.8

Lesson 2: Measure ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 8.9


Adding Measurements�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.9
ACTIVITY: Measuring The Part ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.10
ACTIVITY: Creating A Coordinate System/Alignment �����������������������������������������������������������8.11
ACTIVITY: Creating Constructions������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.12
ACTIVITY: Saving A File ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.13
ACTIVITY: Report The Results�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.13
ACTIVITY: Saving A File ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������8.14

Module 9:
GD&T
GD&T in CAM2 Measure�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.2

Lesson 1: Simple Measurements���������������������������������������������������������������� 9.5


ACTIVITY: Set Preferences ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.5
ACTIVITY: Importing A CAD File ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.6
ACTIVITY: Creating Nominal Datums ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.6
ACTIVITY: Saving A File������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.7
ACTIVITY: Measure The Datums ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.7
Coordinate Systems And The Alignment ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.8
GD&T on the Print������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.8
C o n t e n t s
ACTIVITY: Creating Datum Labels ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.9
Activity: Creating A Datum Alignment��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.11
ACTIVITY: Continue Measuring The Part�������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.12
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.12
ACTIVITY: Reviewing The GD&T Tolerances Help Topics�����������������������������������������������������9.13
ACTIVITY: Form Tolerancing ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.13
ACTIVITY: Setting the GD&T View ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.15
ACTIVITY: Determining Perpendicularity �������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.17
o f

ACTIVITY: Determining Parallelism ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.18


ACTIVITY: Determining Concentricity ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.19
Ta b l e

ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.20

v
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Position���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.20
ACTIVITY: Determining Position���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.20
ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.23
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.24
Datum Scheme Or Current Alignment���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.24
Position Modifiers�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.24
ACTIVITY: Using Modifiers In Position������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.25
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.27

Lesson 2: Complex Measurements����������������������������������������������������������� 9.29


Profile Tolerancing����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.29
On Screen Callouts��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.29
ACTIVITY: Measuring The Datums�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.30
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.32
ACTIVITY: Creating Datum Labels ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.32
Activity: Creating A Datum Alignment��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.34
ACTIVITY: Measuring The Profile Of A Line���������������������������������������������������������������������������9.34
ACTIVITY: Measuring The Profile Of A Surface���������������������������������������������������������������������9.36
ACTIVITY: Editing The Datum Tolerances �����������������������������������������������������������������������������9.37
ACTIVITY: Determining The Profiles ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.38
ACTIVITY: Determining Perpendicularity �������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.39
ACTIVITY: Setting the View�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.40
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.40
ACTIVITY: Prepare The Report View��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.41
ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.42
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������9.43

Module 10:
QuickTools Programming
Strategy: Working With QuickTools��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.2
QuickTools Panel �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.3

Lesson 1: Create From An Existing File���������������������������������������������������� 10.7


Create A QuickTools Program From Features ��������������������������������������������������������������������������10.7
ACTIVITY: Creating A QuickTools Program From An Existing File����������������������������������������10.8
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.9
Comments And Report���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.9
ACTIVITY: Adding QuickTools Commands���������������������������������������������������������������������������10.10
ACTIVITY: Saving A File �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.10
ACTIVITY: Playing The QuickTools Program �����������������������������������������������������������������������10.11
QuickTools Properties��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.12
ACTIVITY: Modifying The QuickTools Program Command Properties��������������������������������10.15
Image Creator���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.15
ACTIVITY: Editing Green And Red Target Points�����������������������������������������������������������������10.17
ACTIVITY: Saving A File �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.18
Edit The QuickTools Program��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.18
C o n t e n t s

Lesson 2: Create In A New File��������������������������������������������������������������� 10.21


Program In Measure And Template Modes�����������������������������������������������������������������������������10.21
PRE-ACTIVITY:���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.22
ACTIVITY: Creating A New QuickTools Program������������������������������������������������������������������10.23
ACTIVITY: Adding Features To A QuickTools Program In Measure Mode �������������������������10.23
ACTIVITY: Playing The QuickTools Program������������������������������������������������������������������������10.25
ACTIVITY: Adding Features To A QuickTools Program In Template Mode��������������������������10.26
o f

ACTIVITY: Creating Constructions And Dimensions������������������������������������������������������������10.26


ACTIVITY: Playing The QuickTools Program������������������������������������������������������������������������10.28
Ta b l e

ACTIVITY: Editing The Tolerances����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.28


ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.29
ACTIVITY: Modifying QuickTools Program Command Properties���������������������������������������10.30
ACTIVITY: Adding Comments To A QuickTools Program Command�����������������������������������10.31

vi
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Finishing And Playing The QuickTools Program������������������������������������������������10.33
ACTIVITY: Adding Pictures and Target Points With Image Creator�������������������������������������10.34
ACTIVITY: Saving A File �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10.36
ACTIVITY: Playing The QuickTools Program �����������������������������������������������������������������������10.36

Module 11:
Iterative Alignments
Iterative Alignments��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11.2
ACTIVITY: Creating Nominals For An Iterative Alignment������������������������������������������������������11.2
ACTIVITY: Adding Measurements To The Nominals��������������������������������������������������������������11.3
Measurement And Nominal Association������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11.4
ACTIVITY: Creating An Iterative Alignment�����������������������������������������������������������������������������11.5
Weights���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11.6
ACTIVITY: Adding Weights �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11.6
Fit Scale��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11.7
Material Temperature�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11.7
ACTIVITY: Adding Material And Temperature Considerations ����������������������������������������������11.8
ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11.9
ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11.10
Auto Nominal Association��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11.10
ACTIVITY: Measuring Additional Features���������������������������������������������������������������������������11.10

Module 12:
Wireframe CAD Inspection
Wireframe CAD Inspection Workflow����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������12.2
ACTIVITY: Aligning To CAD With A Measured Coordinate System ��������������������������������������12.3
ACTIVITY: Viewing The Measurement Results����������������������������������������������������������������������12.4
ACTIVITY: Saving A File ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������12.5
ACTIVITY: Offsetting A Coordinate System����������������������������������������������������������������������������12.7
ACTIVITY: Creating A Nominal Coordinate System���������������������������������������������������������������12.9
ACTIVITY: Aligning To The Nominal Coordinate System�����������������������������������������������������12.10
ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results Of The CAD Inspection��������������������������������������������������12.11
ACTIVITY: Saving A File �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������12.12

Module 13:
Surface Measurement for Inspection or Reverse Engineering
Measurement Mode Options������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.2
3D Distance and Normal Deviation��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.2

Lesson 1: Surface Inspection with CAD���������������������������������������������������� 13.5


PRE-ACTIVITY:�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.5
ACTIVITY: Aligning To A Surface CAD Model Using A Coordinate System Alignment����������13.6
ACTIVITY: Adjusting The Tolerances For Surface Points�������������������������������������������������������13.6
Auto Nominal Association����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.6
C o n t e n t s

Inspect Surface Commands�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.7


ACTIVITY: Measuring a Surface Point������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.7
ACTIVITY: Measuring A Surface���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.8
ACTIVITY: Customizing Labels�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.8
Home In Points ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.9
ACTIVITY: Measuring Home In Points and Vector Points������������������������������������������������������13.9
ACTIVITY: Reporting The Surface Measurements���������������������������������������������������������������13.11
o f

ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.12


Polylines�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.12
Ta b l e

Polyline Groups������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.12
ACTIVITY: Configuring A Measurement Mode���������������������������������������������������������������������13.13
ACTIVITY: Measuring A Surface With Parallel Lock Planes������������������������������������������������13.13
Feature Whiskers���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.16

vii
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Viewing And Adjusting Polyline Whiskers�����������������������������������������������������������13.16
ACTIVITY: Reordering Measurement Data��������������������������������������������������������������������������13.17
ACTIVITY: Creating And Saving A Report����������������������������������������������������������������������������13.18
ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.18

Lesson 2: Scan for Reverse Engineering������������������������������������������������ 13.19


Scan Simple Features �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.19
ACTIVITY: Creating A New Coordinate System�������������������������������������������������������������������13.20
ACTIVITY: Measuring Features �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.22
ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13.24
ACTIVITY: Exporting The Measurement Data����������������������������������������������������������������������13.24

Module 14:
Data Import/Export
PRE-ACTIVITY:�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������14.2
ACTIVITY: Exporting The Features To Text Files�������������������������������������������������������������������14.3
ACTIVITY: Exporting The Measurement Data������������������������������������������������������������������������14.4
ACTIVITY: Importing Points From A File���������������������������������������������������������������������������������14.5

Module 15:
Iterative Alignment Using Surface Points
Using Surfaces Instead Of Features������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������15.2
ACTIVITY: Surface Point Alignment Using Align My Part ������������������������������������������������������15.2
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������15.4
ACTIVITY: Creating An Alignment Using Surfaces�����������������������������������������������������������������15.4
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������15.7

Module 16:
Tool Building
PRE-ACTIVITY:�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������16.2
Feature Window - Digital ReadOut��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������16.2
ACTIVITY: Positioning The Bracket����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������16.3
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������16.5

Module 17:
Coordinate Systems Using Offset and Rotation
Rotations And Offsets�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������17.2
ACTIVITY: Creating And Offsetting A Coordinate System������������������������������������������������������17.2
ACTIVITY: Creating A Rotated Coordinate System����������������������������������������������������������������17.4
ACTIVITY: Creating An Offset And Rotated Coordinate System�������������������������������������������17.5
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������17.6
C o n t e n t s

Module 18:
Using Multiple Devices
Measure With Multiple Devices �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������18.2
ACTIVITY: Configuring Two Devices��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������18.4
ACTIVITY: Measuring With Two Devices��������������������������������������������������������������������������������18.5
ACTIVITY: Saving A File����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������18.6
o f

ACTIVITY: Aligning With A CAD File���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������18.7


ACTIVITY: Saving A File ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������18.7
Ta b l e

ACTIVITY: Measuring Features With Multiple Devices����������������������������������������������������������18.8


ACTIVITY: Saving A File ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������18.8

viii
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 19:
Basic Measurement Using the FARO Edge®
Strategy: Basic Measurement����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.2
FARO Edge Software�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.4

Lesson 1: Measurement Considerations �������������������������������������������������� 19.7


Temperature Effect On A Part����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.7
Temperature Effect On The FaroArm ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.7
Movement�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.8
Vibration Effects��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.8
Mounting Stability�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.8
Probe Compensation�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.9
ACTIVITY: Probe Compensation ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.11
Single Point Articulation Test (SPAT)���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.14
ACTIVITY: Single Point Articulation Test (SPAT) ����������������������������������������������������������������19.14

Lesson 2: Measure���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 19.15


Before Measuring���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.15
Digitizing Points������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.15
Probe Compensation���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.16
Plane Compensation����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.17
ACTIVITY: Analyzing The Print���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.18
Prepare the Measuring Area����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.18
ACTIVITY: Preparing The Measuring Area��������������������������������������������������������������������������19.19
ACTIVITY: Measuring A Plane To Plane Length������������������������������������������������������������������19.20
Percentage Of Measured Feature Vs. Total Feature Size������������������������������������������������������19.22
Projection Plane�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.23
Measure A Circle����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.24
ACTIVITY: Measuring A Circle To Circle Length������������������������������������������������������������������19.24
Rename A Feature�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.26
ACTIVITY: Renaming A Feature�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.26
ACTIVITY: Measuring An Angle Between Two Circles��������������������������������������������������������19.27
Measure A 2D Line�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.29
ACTIVITY: Measuring An Angle Between Two Lines����������������������������������������������������������19.30
File Types���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.31
ACTIVITY: Saving A Macro���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.31
ACTIVITY: Saving A Part������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.32
ACTIVITY: Saving A Report��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.32
Removable Storage������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.33
ACTIVITY: Running A Macro File�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.33
Review Features����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.34
ACTIVITY: Using the Review Features Command��������������������������������������������������������������19.35

Lesson 3: Part Setup������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 19.37


Strategy: Part Setup�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.37
What Is A Coordinate System?������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.38
Why Use A Coordinate System?����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.38
C o n t e n t s
Feature Selection���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.40
Define A Coordinate System Using 3-2-1��������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.41
ACTIVITY: Part Setup�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.42
ACTIVITY: Saving A Macro���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.44
Positional Nominals������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.45
ACTIVITY: Measuring With A Part Setup ���������������������������������������������������������������������������19.45
ACTIVITY: Saving A Macro���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.48
o f

ACTIVITY: Saving A Part������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.48


ACTIVITY: Saving A Report��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.49
Ta b l e

Lesson 4: Report������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 19.51


ACTIVITY: Transferring A Report File�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.51
ACTIVITY: Importing A Report File���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19.52

ix
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 20:
Using the FARO® Laser ScanArm®
FARO Laser Line Probe�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.2
Laser Safety�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.3

Lesson 1: Install and Compensate������������������������������������������������������������ 20.5


Install The Laser Line Probe������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.5
LEDs�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.8
Range Finder����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.11
Compensate The Laser Line Probe�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.12
Activity: Compensating The Laser Line Probe����������������������������������������������������������������������20.12
Material Setup��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.17
Additional Considerations��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.18
ACTIVITY: Laser Line Probe Settings�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.18

Lesson 2: Feature Extraction������������������������������������������������������������������� 20.21


Workflow�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.21
Point Cloud Feature�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.21
Metrology Points�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.22
Live Color Scan������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.23
ACTIVITY: Aligning the Part to CAD��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.24
ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.24
ACTIVITY: Check Laser Line Probe Settings�����������������������������������������������������������������������20.25
ACTIVITY: Measuring a Point Cloud�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.25
ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.26
Feature Extraction Preferences�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.27
Projection Plane ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.27
ACTIVITY: Feature Extraction Preferences �������������������������������������������������������������������������20.28
ACTIVITY: Extracting Features���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.28
ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.29

Lesson 3: Cross-Section Surface Inspection������������������������������������������� 20.31


Cross-Section Scan Feature����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.31
ACTIVITY: Aligning the Part to CAD��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.33
ACTIVITY: Configuring The Laser Line Probe For The Material �����������������������������������������20.35
ACTIVITY: Measuring A Cross Section���������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.36
ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.38
Cross-Section Scan Raw Data������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.39
ACTIVITY: Cross-Section Analysis����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.39
ACTIVITY: Reporting the Cross Sections ����������������������������������������������������������������������������20.40
ACTIVITY: Saving A File �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.41
Constructing Cross-Sections���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.41
ACTIVITY: Measuring The Surface���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.41
ACTIVITY: Constructing Cross-Sections������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.43
ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.44
On Screen Callouts������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.44
ACTIVITY: Creating Point Cloud Labels�������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.44
C o n t e n t s

ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.45


ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.45
ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.46

Lesson 4: Alignment Using A Point Cloud����������������������������������������������� 20.47


ACTIVITY: Laser Line Probe Settings�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.48
ACTIVITY: Aligning the Part to CAD��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.49
o f

ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.50


ACTIVITY: Editing The Alignment ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.51
Ta b l e

ACTIVITY: Saving A File��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20.51

x
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Appendix I:
FaroArm Device Setup Checklist
Temperature Effect on a Part��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������I.1
Temperature Effect on the Device ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������I.1
Movement��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������I.1
Vibration Effects�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������I.1
Mounting Stability��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������I.1

Appendix II:
Keyboard Shortcuts

Appendix III:
Glossary of Terms

Appendix IV:
Technical Support
FARO Knowledge Base��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������IV.3

C o n t e n t s
o f
Ta b l e

xi
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 1:
Measurement System Overview

I n this module, you will become familiar with how the FaroArm and CAM2 Measure software
interact with one another to provide accurate 3D measurements.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Set up the FaroArm
zz Navigate the CAM2 Measure user interface

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions
Axis Feature
Probe

XX LESSONS

O v e r v i e w
Lesson 1: Hardware Setup....................................................................... 1.3
Lesson 2: CAM2 Measure Overview...................................................... 1.19

S y s t e m
M e a s u r e m e n t
1 :
M o d u l e

1.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 1: Hardware Setup
Setup of the FaroArm is quick and easy. It is very important that you
mount the Edge in a stable relationship to the part (the part should not
move relative to the Edge).

Lesson Objective
With the assistance of the FaroArm Assembly Instructions, you will be able
to unpack and setup the Edge. This means you will be able to:

zz Unpack and set up the portable tripod.


zz Unpack and mount the FaroArm to the tripod.
zz Connect the FaroArm to your computer.
zz Connect the FaroArm and your computer to a power source and
power both on.

Assembly
To set up the FaroArm refer to the FaroArm Assembly Instructions
located in the shipping case.

FaroArm Quantum Series:

O v e r v i e w
zz Attach the 3½ inch threaded ring and surface mount plate to
a stable location. A granite slab, or acceptably rigid surface, is
recommended.

zz Tighten all mounting bolts to 11½ N-m (100-inch pounds).


##

S y s t e m
zz While in the case, lift Tube 2 Poor mounting causes poor
and rotate it to place it onto accuracy.
Tube 1 and engage the storage
hook. See “Storage” on page
1.6.

zz Reach under and grab the 1 : M e a s u r e m e n t


Quantum by Tube 1 and the
base handle to remove it from
the case.
M o d u l e

1.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz Place the Quantum onto the
3½” ring of your tripod or
surface mount plate. Thread the
collar onto the ring and hand
tighten.

zz Tighten the base collar using


the attached handles.

FaroArm Edge:

zz Attach the 3½ inch threaded


ring and surface mount plate to
a stable location. A granite slab,
or acceptably rigid surface, is
recommended.

##
zz Tighten all mounting bolts to
11½ N-m (100-inch pounds).
O v e r v i e w

Poor mounting causes poor zz Remove the portable storage


accuracy.
case from the shipping case.
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz Unclip the two straps to open
the bottom cover.

zz Place the Edge onto the 3½


inch ring of your tripod or
surface mount plate. Thread the
base collar onto the ring and
hand tighten.

zz Unclip the three straps to open


the case, remove the strap
holding the handle in place.
Remove the portable storage
case.

O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m
zz Tighten the base collar using
the attached handles.

1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
FaroArm Quantum, Platinum, and Fusion:

zz Attach the 3½ inch threaded


ring and surface mount plate to
a stable location. A granite slab,
or acceptably rigid surface, is

##
recommended.

zz Tighten all mounting bolts to


11½ N-m (100-inch pounds).
Poor mounting causes poor
accuracy. zz Place the FaroArm on top of the
3½ inch threaded ring.

zz Screw the threaded collar clamp


onto the base of the FaroArm
and the 3½ inch threaded ring.

zz Use the wrench to tighten the


threaded collar clamp.

Storage
FaroArm Quantum Series:

The Quantum has a Storage Hook attached to Tube 1 to secure Tube 2.


O v e r v i e w

This system helps secure the Quantum and helps prevent damage to
the probe when in the rest position.

1. Lift the last section upwards and insert the bottom of Tube 2 into the
Storage Hook.
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.6
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
2. Ensure both sides are in the hook and gently lower the last section.

3. Lift the last section upwards to remove Tube 2 from the Storage
Hook to begin measuring.

FaroArm Edge:

The Edge has a magnet attached to Tube 2 for easy storage of the
handle. This storage system helps prevent damage to the probe.

O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m
Swing the handle up and rotate it until the metal circle is aligned with

1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
the magnet on either side of the handle. This storage system helps
prevent damage to the probe. M o d u l e

1.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Install A Probe
FaroArm Quantum Series:

1. Hold the end of the Quantum on the underside with one hand and
open the probe locking lever with your other hand.

2. Slide the probe onto the end of the Quantum. Rotate the probe until
the marks on the probe and the handle match. Close the probe
locking lever.
O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
FaroArm Edge, Quantum, Platinum, and Fusion:

The probe attaches to the threaded handle at the end of the Edge. Use
the 12 mm wrench in the Probe Case to install the probe. To install a
## Use the FARO
Probe Torque Wrench to
probe onto the Edge:
tighten the FARO i-Probe. The
probe wrench will break free
when you apply the proper
amount of torque.

1. Hold the button area near the end of the Edge with one hand.

2. Rotate the probe clockwise and thread the probe into the Edge.

3. Use the 12 mm wrench to hand-tighten the probe, or the FARO


## Caution: Only

O v e r v i e w
Probe Torque Wrench to tighten the i-Probe.
hand-tighten the probe with
the 12 mm wrench. Do not
overtighten the probe.

S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
FaroArm 7-Axis Handle

You can attach the 7-Axis Handle, a pistol-grip handle, to the end of
the Quantum and Edge Handle to give you another control option. This
handle stores in a cutout of the Shipping Case foam. The 7-Axis Handle
can be attached/detached while the FaroArm is powered On. To attach
the handle:

FaroArm Quantum Series:

1. Loosen the locking ring by turning it counterclockwise.

2. Remove the protective cover.


O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t

3. Insert the front edge of the 7-Axis Handle into the slot.
M o d u l e

1.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Push the 7-Axis Handle in so that the connectors connect.

##
5. Tighten the locking ring by turning it in the opposite direction. Tighten
the ring until it clicks.
Remove the 7-Axis
Handle from the Quantum
before packing.

O v e r v i e w
FaroArm Edge:

S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t

1. Loosen the locking ring by turning it counterclockwise.


M o d u l e

2. Insert the front edge of the 7-Axis Handle into the slot.

3. Push the 7-Axis Handle in so that the connectors connect.

1.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure

## Remove the 7-Axis
Handle from the Edge before

packing.
4. Tighten the locking ring by turning it clockwise. Do not overtighten
the ring.

Connect The FaroArm To The Computer

4 5
O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m

3
1 2

1. FaroArm 4. FaroArm Power Supply


1 : M e a s u r e m e n t

##
2. Computer 5. Power Outlet
3. USB Cable
If an error occurs,
contact FARO Customer
Support. Please have a
written description of the
error, the order of your
procedures just before the
M o d u l e

error occurred, and the


FaroArm serial number before
calling.

1.12
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
To connect the FaroArm to the computer:

1. Plug the port lock into any USB port on the computer (this
authorizes CAM2 Measure to operate). If you have a printed
license key, you will not need a port lock.

2. Connect the FaroArm to the computer using the USB cable.

3. Connect the FaroArm to the Power Supply cable.


## If you are using
a FaroArm with the FARO

4. Using the On / Off switch, turn the device on. Wireless option, follow the
procedures found in the
FaroArm Quantum Series
FARO Wireless section of your
FaroArm manual.

O v e r v i e w
! On/Off Button
" USB Port
# Ethernet Port

FaroArm Edge FaroArm Quantum,


Platinum, and Fusion:

S y s t e m
On/Off
USB SWITCH

1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
PORT
On/Off
SWITCH
USB
PORT
M o d u l e

For safety reasons, complete all cable connections before


applying power to the computer and the FaroArm.

1.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
FaroArm LEDs
FaroArm Quantum Series:
The FARO Quantum has two LEDs just under the
probe. After applying power to the Quantum, the
handle LED is Solid Yellow while an internal startup
check runs. After this is complete, the LED indicates
the following:

##
zz Flashing Blue - if the Quantum successfully
communicates with the computer, and the
The LED also
encoders are not referenced.
indicates that a button is
pressed.
zz Solid Blue - if the Quantum successfully
communicates with the computer, and the
encoders are referenced.

zz Solid Green - if the Quantum successfully


communicates with the computer, and the encoders are referenced -
Renishaw Probe only.

zz Solid Red - if there is an error in the Quantum.

FaroArm Edge:
The FARO Edge has two LEDs just under the probe.
After applying power to the Edge, the handle LED is
LED
Solid Yellow while an internal startup check runs. After FRONT BUTTON
this is complete, the LED indicates the following:
O v e r v i e w

BACK BUTTON

##
zz Flashing Blue - if the Edge successfully
communicates with the computer, and the
The LED also
encoders are not referenced.
indicates that a button is
zz Solid Blue - if the Edge successfully communicates
LED
pressed.
S y s t e m

with the computer, and the encoders are FRONT BUTTON


BACK BUTTON
referenced.

zz Solid Green - if the Edge successfully


communicates with the computer, and the
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t

encoders are referenced - Renishaw Probe only.

zz Solid Red - if there is an error in the Edge.


M o d u l e

1.14
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
FaroArm Quantum, Platinum, and Fusion:
After applying power to the FaroArm, the LED is Solid
Green while an internal startup check runs. After this is BACK BUTTON
LED
complete, the LED indicates the following: FRONT BUTTON

##
zz Flashing Red - if the FaroArm successfully
communicates with the computer, and the
The LED also
encoders are not referenced.
indicates that a button is
zz Off - if the FaroArm successfully communicates pressed.
with the computer, and the encoders are
referenced.
BACK BUTTON LED
FRONT BUTTON

zz Solid Green - if the FaroArm successfully


communicates with the computer, and the
encoders are referenced - Renishaw Probe only.

FaroArm Buttons
FaroArm Quantum Series have:

6-Axis - four buttons on the handle.

7-Axis - two buttons on the handle and two buttons on the 7-Axis
Handle.

The FaroArm (Quantum, Platinum, and Fusion) has four buttons on


the handle. The FaroArm Edge has two buttons on the handle and two

O v e r v i e w
buttons on the 7-Axis Handle:

zz The green Front buttons, nearest the probe, collect data.

zz The red Back buttons, furthest from the probe, accept data.

The buttons on either side of the handle accommodate left-handed and

S y s t e m
right-handed users.

When you press a button, the LED on the handle lights and the
computer sounds, to indicate the collecting or accepting of data.

1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.15
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Start CAM2 Measure
You can start CAM2 Measure using any of the following methods:

zz Double left-click the CAM2 Measure icon on the Desktop; or

zz Click Start, point to Programs, point to FARO, point to


CAM2 Measure, and then click CAM2 Measure; or

zz Double left-click any previously saved CAM2 Measure (*.fcd) file.

Reference The FaroArm Encoders


Each joint of the FaroArm contains encoders. The FaroArm electronics
must locate and recognize (reference) each encoder before you can
collect data. This process is known as “referencing the encoders”. Red
arrows in the Reference Encoders window indicate that the encoders
have not been referenced and you must rotate each axis until each
warning clears.
You must properly
connect the FaroArm to
the computer running
CAM2 Measure to see the
Reference Encoders window.

## When referencing
O v e r v i e w

the encoders and measuring,


you may see the End Stop/
Stress Warning window.
This means that an encoder
S y s t e m

has reached one end of its


rotation, or there is stress on
one of the tubes or encoder
joints.
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.16
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Device Control Panel
The Device Control panel contains a list of all active devices with the
properties of each associated device.

The elements of the FaroArm Device Control Panel are:


zz Add New Device
zz Selected Device
zz Current Device Help
zz Probe information:
”” Current Probe

O v e r v i e w
”” Compensation Error
”” Compensation Date
”” Temperature at Compensation
”” Probe Management
zz Setup information:
”” Probe Compensation

S y s t e m
”” Hardware Configuration
”” Diagnostics
”” Temperature
”” Measurement Mode Setting

1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
To open the panel, click Device Control Panel on the Device tab, or
press the P keyboard shortcut. You can close this panel by clicking the X
in the upper right corner of the panel.
M o d u l e

1.17
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: CAM2 Measure Overview
CAM2 Measure v10.7 is a NIST and PTB-certified CAD-based
metrology software package specifically designed to conduct precise
measurements and inspections of complex features simply by
inputting 3D measurements. There is virtually no limit to the types of
measurements you can analyze using Measure. Through IGES, VDA,
CATIA, ProEngineer, or Unigraphics translation, your data can be
exchanged with any number of CAD systems.

Lesson Objective
In this lesson, you will explore the User Interface of CAM2 Measure. This
means you will be able to:

zz Discover the different CAM2 Measure feature types.


zz Explore the CAM2 Measure Screen Layout.
zz Change a Preference and update the default preferences.
zz View the CAM2 Measure and Hardware Help files.

Feature-Based Measurement

O v e r v i e w
CAM2 Measure is feature-based measurement software. A feature is a
geometric attribute or element of a part. You can directly measure some
features (e.g. a circle, sphere, cone); others you cannot directly measure
easily, accurately or repeatedly (e.g. an angle, bolt hole circle, length),
and as a result you must construct or dimension them from features
that you can directly measure. The Measure and Construct tabs of the

S y s t e m
CAM2 Measure Ribbon reflect these capabilities.

Features you can directly Features that you must


measure construct/dimension

1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.19
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Features you can directly Features that you must
measure construct/dimension

Point Cloud Measurement


CAM2 Measure is also very effective for point cloud measurement.
A point cloud is a large collection of points generated by scanning or
imaging hardware systems. You can construct geometric features and
simple curves from the points in a measured point cloud, and also
compare the points to a part’s CAD surfaces.

Features that you must


Point Cloud Feature
extract/construct
O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m

## Commands In CAM2 Measure – Methods to Access


1 : M e a s u r e m e n t

You can access


Access commands in CAM2 Measure from the ribbon or keyboard
many commands using shortcuts.
keyboard shortcuts, which
are a single keystroke
method of choosing a
command or accessing
a panel. There is a list of
M o d u l e

all keyboard shortcuts in


Appendix II.

1.20
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Screen Layout
The CAM2 Measure screen contains the following areas.

!Quick Access Toolbar


The Quick Access toolbar, located at the top left of the CAM2 Measure
title bar, consists of a group of frequently-used command graphical
## Add any command
by right-clicking the
buttons that you can enable for quick access, including Open, Save,
Measure and Template Mode, Coordinate Format, and Unit Format. command and choosing Add
to Quick Access Toolbar.

O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m
Click the Quick Access toolbar arrow and then click a command to add
it to the CAM2 Measure title bar for quick access. Commands are added
to the bar by the order in which you click them. Click the command name
in the Quick Access toolbar again to remove the command.

1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.21
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
"Ribbon
The CAM2 Measure Ribbon is designed to help you quickly access the
commands that you need to complete a task. Commands are organized
into logical groups, which are collected together under tabs. Each tab
relates to a type of activity, such as measuring a feature or configuring a
measurement device.

To reduce clutter, some tabs are shown only when needed. For example,
the Devices tab is shown only when the Feature list is active.

Similarly, the contents of tabs are customized according to your needs.


For example, the Home tab contains reporting commands when the
Reporting panel is active.

To display a tab on the ribbon, move the pointer over the tab name and
click the Left Mouse button.
O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t

#Quick Launch Toolbar

The Quick Launch toolbar, located beneath the ribbon and on the
top of the Main window, consists of a group of buttons and provides
a convenient way to access frequently-used commands, including
M o d u l e

Measure, Template Mode, Clear Readings, Measure All, Remeasure


All, Extract All, Remeasure, Add Readings, Select Measurement
Device, Select Projection Plane, Select Coordinate System, and
Select Alignment.

1.22
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Those are the key elements of the CAM2 Measure screen layout. This
workbook guides you through the most commonly used commands
and prepares you to explore the full capabilities of the CAM2 Measure
software using the Help file.

$Feature Creator and QuickTools Panels


Click the Feature Creator tab at the right of the screen to show the
Feature Creator panel. The Feature Creator panel shows feature
creation commands grouped by Measure, Key-In, Pick From CAD,
Construct, Alignments, and Tracker headings. This panel provides a
quick method for creating features without using the tabs in the ribbon.

Click the QuickTools tab at the right of the screen to show the Feature
Creator panel. The QuickTools panel contains all the commands
necessary to create, edit, and play QuickTools programs.

O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
Customizing the Panels Layout

You can change the position of the panels on the screen. To move a
panel, left-click and hold the title bar of any of the panels and drag the
panel with the mouse. Once you start dragging a panel, the screen
prompts you with symbols to show where you can place the panel.
M o d u l e

1.23
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
%Navigation Window
On the left side of the screen is the Navigation window. This window is
divided into six sections: Features, CAD, Point Cloud, Report, Image
Creator, and Survey.
O v e r v i e w

CAM2 Measure provides a Features list that shows all the features you
measure, construct, or import with a CAD model. The features are listed
in chronological order of their creation.
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.24
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
&Main Window
This area of the CAM2 Measure screen shows your coordinate system,
the results of your measurements, and any imported CAD files. When
you first view the screen, there is an XYZ axis representing the three
dimensions, which uniquely identifies the locations of points you collect.

O v e r v i e w
'Feature Information, Measurement Data, and Messages Panels
Control Panels are fields that you can bring to the front of the screen

S y s t e m
containing a variety of information.

On the View tab, click View Closed Panels. The following panels are
the most common panels you will use in this training.

1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
Features: Displays a list of features and groups you
create in the Measure, Key In, Pick from
CAD, Construct or Alignments tabs.
Feature Information: Displays the tolerances and nominals you
input for specific features.
Measurement Data: Displays the details for features you have
measured, extracted, or constructed.
Feature Creator: Enables you to select the features you want
M o d u l e

to measure immediately or at a later time.

Some of these Control Panels are attached to the screen boundaries


and are in “Auto Hide” mode. Look for a tab with the title of the Control

1.25
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Panel and click it to show that Control Panel. The Control Panel remains
visible for a short time and automatically collapses back to the tab as
you move to another area of the screen.

Click Auto Hide in the upper right corner of the panel to keep it
visible.

Click Close in the upper right corner to close a panel.

Feature Information Panel

Click the Feature Information tab at the bottom of the screen to show
the Feature Information panel. The Feature Information panel shows
tolerance values for an individual, or selected group, of features. You
can choose which value of a feature to tolerance and edit the tolerance
values.

Measurement Data Panel

Click the Measurement Data tab at the bottom of the screen to show
O v e r v i e w

the Measurement Data panel. The Measurement Data panel shows a


list of measurement readings and properties for a selected feature.
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.26
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Preferences
Default preferences always load when you start CAM2 Measure. These
preferences can be applied to the current measurement file, or saved
as the default and loaded each time Measure is started. There are nine
preference groups: File, Display, Panels, Measurement, Alignment,
Construction, CAD, Tolerance, and Report.

When you change default Preferences, they appear with pencil icons to
indicate their changed status. The changed status persists until you save
your changes or exit Preferences without saving.

O v e r v i e w
To edit a preference setting, click a preference group to access the
parameters, then edit the parameters as desired. Click OK to confirm

S y s t e m
the settings for the current measurement file, or click Save to Default to
load the preference each time Measure is started.

Click Reset to Default to revert to the default settings most recently


saved.

Help Files 1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
Click any Help button or select File > Help to access CAM2 Measure’s
Help screen. From here, you can access:

zz Help files for:


”” CAM2 Measure
”” The FaroArm
”” Other FARO measurement devices
M o d u l e

zz Program logs

zz Licensing information

1.27
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
When the Online Help appears, select the Contents, Index, or Search
tab to open specific help files.

zz Use the Contents, Index and Search tabs on the left side of
the window to navigate around the file and select and search for
topics.

zz Each time you receive an update to CAM2 Measure, you should


O v e r v i e w

view the What is New topic. This topic describes new functions


and commands that have been added to CAM2 Measure, as
well as the enhancements made to existing commands. The
What is New topic is located at the end of Chapter 1: Introduction
to CAM2 Measure.
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.28
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Change a Preference
For this activity, you will change a preference and save it to the default settings.

1. Select On the Home tab, click Preferences.


Preferences
2. Display group. In the Preferences dialog box, click Display and
scroll down to the bottom.
3. Color Gradients In the Color Gradients section:

O v e r v i e w
zz Clear the Display Color gradient in CAD View checkbox.

zz Choose For Selection in the Display Color Gradient labels drop-

S y s t e m
down.
4. Save to Default Click Save to default.
5. Close the Click OK to exit the Preferences command.
Preferences

1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
dialog box.
M o d u l e

1.29
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Review The What Is New Topic
For this activity, you will open the CAM2 Measure Help file and review the What is
New topic.

1. Select Help On the File tab, click Help.


2. Open the Click CAM2 Measure Help to open the Help file.
CAM2 Measure .
Help file.
3. Open Chapter 1 On the Contents tab, double-click Chapter 1:
Introduction to Measure.
4. What is New Click the What is New topic and review the new
topic. items in this release.
5. Close the Click Close (X) in the upper right corner of the
CAM2 Measure CAM2 Measure Help file.
Help file.
O v e r v i e w
S y s t e m
1 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

1.30
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

1.31
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 2:
Measurement Considerations

B efore you start measuring, you have to make sure outside factors such as temperature
fluctuation, vibration, and mount instability do not compromise your data. You also have to
make sure that you compensate the probe prior to every measurement session. In this module,
you will learn how to compensate for environmental factors and prepare for measurement to
get the accurate data that you need.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Evaluate environmental variables that impact measurement accuracy.
zz Take the appropriate steps to avoid, minimize, or correct the impact of
those variables.
zz Identify when to use each probe compensation method.
zz Perform a probe compensation.

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions

C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
Calibration Compensation
Probe Probe Compensation
X, Y, Z

XX LESSONS
Lesson 1: Environment������������������������������������������������������������������������ 2.3

M e a s u r e m e n t
Lesson 2: Device��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 2.7
Lesson 3: FaroArm Device Setup Checklist�������������������������������������� 2.17
2 :
M o d u l e

2.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 1: Environment
In addition to the calibrated accuracy of your device, environmental
factors play a major role in the accuracy of your measurements.

Temperature Effect On A Part


Changes in temperature may cause a part to expand or contract,
affecting measurement accuracy.

 nvironment vs. Part Temperature - If the part is warmer or cooler


E
than the surrounding environment, it will expand or contract while being
measured. For example, measurements taken earlier in the day may not
equal measurements taken later in the day. To minimize the impact of air
temperature on the part:

zz Let a part “soak” in the inspection environment to adjust to the air


temperature prior to taking measurements. Generally, the larger
the part, the longer it will take to adjust.

zz Avoid taking measurements where the air temperature will


vary widely; e.g. don’t take measurements where doors will be
opened to warmer or cooler air (near a furnace, garage door,
etc.)

Software Temperature Compensation - CAM2 Measure can


compensate for the temperature of a part. The ability to scale for

C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
temperature allows you to measure parts adjusting for thermal
expansion or contraction. For details on how to do this, refer to the
CAM2 Measure Help for Material Temperature.

The FaroArm compensates for temperature variations.

Environment vs. Device Temperature - If the difference in temperature


between the FaroArm and the air results in the FaroArm changing more
than three degrees Celsius within five minutes, a warning appears on
the computer screen. At this point, to ensure accuracy, you cannot take

2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
any readings until the FaroArm temperature has stabilized.

 o avoid warnings - Always let the FaroArm temperature stabilize


T
before taking measurements. As described above, avoid places where
there will tend to be wide temperature variations.

 ight - Light, especially sunlight, can generate heat. When a large


L
part is exposed to light unevenly, it can heat up and expand or contract
unevenly. To ensure accurate readings, make sure the part you are
measuring has even exposure to light.
M o d u l e

Movement
Movement always affects accuracy. Movement resulting in no change in
the FaroArm’s position relative to the part will have the least impact on
2.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
measurement accuracy. To minimize the impact of movement, choose
a measurement spot at which the part and device can be fastened and
stationary.

Vibration Effects
Vibration can cause inaccuracies. People putting heavy parts on your
surface plate, forklifts driving by, and stamping machines are some of
the causes of vibration.

Mounting Stability
Mounting stability is key to accurate measurement.

Tripods

FARO sells two types of tripods: Folding and Brunson. While tripods
provide mobility and allow multiple device positions, you must be careful
to ensure mounting stability. For detailed instructions, refer to the
manual that came with the tripod you purchased.

Magnetic Mount

The Magnetic Mount is another portable option when mounting to most


metal surfaces. To ensure proper mounting with the Magnetic Mount,
follow the detailed instructions provided with the mount.

Vacuum Mount

You can use the Vacuum Mount to secure the FaroArm to a granite or
C o n s i d e r a t i o n s

machined metal surface. To ensure stability with the vacuum mount,


follow the detailed instructions in the Accessory Manual provided with
your device.

C-Clamps

You can use C-clamps to secure the FaroArm to a variety of surfaces.


When using C-clamps to increase stability:

zz Make sure you arrange the clamps on opposite sides of the base
2 : M e a s u r e m e n t

- 180 degrees from each other. Less than 180-degree separation


creates the risk of flexing the bottom surface off the table/plate,
which could cause the FaroArm to pivot on the plate.

zz Make sure the surface is thick enough to prevent flexing.

zz Clear the surface of any debris which can cause the base to
rock.
M o d u l e

2.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Custom Plates

You can use custom plates to secure the FaroArm when standard
mounts are impractical. To ensure stability with custom mounts:

zz Make sure the plate is large enough to mount the FaroArm using
the Magnetic Mount or C-clamps.

zz Make sure the plate is thick enough to prevent flexing.

zz Make sure to mount the plate securely to the part/fixture.

zz While using the FaroArm, use a dial indicator to determine if the


mount is flexing. If it is, use a thicker plate.

C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

2.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: Device
In addition to the measurement environment and the device mounting,
ensure system accuracy by using proper methods and techniques to
compensate the probe.

Probe Compensation
The FaroArm collects data by touching the part with the probe on the
end of the handle. Once the probe is attached prior to measuring,
you must determine the X, Y, Z location of the probe tip relative to the
FaroArm’s coordinate system. All data is taken at the center of the

##
probe; therefore we have to “find” that center before measuring, or
compensate the probe.
Check for proper
Compensate the probe prior to every measurement session; or, if you probe installation and check
are using several probes, compensate any time you switch probes. the condition of the probe for
Although a straight probe can be removed and replaced very accurately,
cracks or chips.
it is still good practice to perform the probe compensation.

Probe compensation is the most critical task performed during


any measurement session. If the probe compensation passes, the
measurements will be accurate. If the probe compensation fails, the
measurements will not be accurate.

There are two acceptable methods to compensate a probe:

C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
zz the Single Hole Compensation method, which is recommended
for standard ball probes, and

zz the Sphere Compensation method, which is recommended for


touch trigger probes and point probes.

In this lesson, we will present the Single Hole Compensation method.

XYZ Location
The last axis of the FaroArm has its own coordinate system. The location
2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
of the center of the ball probe will be reported in this coordinate system.
Using the same probe, the FaroArm should be able to repeat this value
with better results than the single-point accuracy of the device.

Probe Compensation Error


A PASS condition indicates a result with a low compensation error
(2 Sigma) value equal to or below device specification). A FAIL condition
indicates a result with a high compensation error (2 Sigma) value above
M o d u l e

device specification).

2.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Single Hole Compensation Method
The Single Hole Compensation is performed using the FARO probe
compensation cone or a 5 mm machine drilled hole. The hole does
not have to be exactly 5 mm, but it must be smaller than the probe’s
diameter with a smooth seat. All of the points in this method will be
collected by holding down the green Front button. The FaroArm will
collect points as fast as possible (scanning) until you release the green
Front button.

ACTIVITY: Compensating A Probe

##
This Activity
For this activity, you will compensate a probe using the Single Hole Compensation
method.

shows the 1. Hardware setup Place the compensation cone approximately ½ to


FaroArm driver
¾ of the FaroArm’s reach away from its base.
v6.0
C o n s i d e r a t i o n s

☛☛Thread the compensation cone into the T1 or T2 threaded holes on


2 : M e a s u r e m e n t

the demo part and tighten with the 12 mm wrench. Secure the demo
part so that the compensation cone 2/3 of the FaroArm’s reach away
from its base.
M o d u l e

2.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
2. Probe On the Device tab, in the General group, click
Management Device Control Panel.

On the Device Control Panel, click the Probe


Management button.

☛☛If the current probe is correct, just click the


Hole Compensation button.
3. Choose probe In the Current Probe list, select 6 mm Ball

C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
Probe. Click on the probe name to select,

2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

2.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Start Hole Click Hole Compensation.
Compensation
☛☛For best results, keep the elbow of the
FaroArm on the same side for the entire
compensation process.
5. Guidance off Clear the Guidance check box and click Start
Compensation.

6. Position #1 Place the ball probe in the cone in the upright


C o n s i d e r a t i o n s

position #1.
2 : M e a s u r e m e n t

7. Start point Press and hold the green Front button.


collection
8. Sweep down Sweep the handle down to horizontal position.
Be sure that the ball probe remains seated in the
hole. Release the green Front button.

CAUTION: The probe must be well-seated


in the hole when digitizing all compensation
points. Even one or two poorly digitized
M o d u l e

points significantly affects the optimization


process, which in turn effects the accuracy
of the FaroArm.

2.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
9. Position #2 Place the ball probe in the cone in the upright
position #2.

10. Start point Press and hold the green Front button.
collection
11. Sweep down Sweep the handle down to horizontal position.
Be sure that the ball probe remains seated in the
hole. Release the green Front button.
12. Position #3 Place the ball probe in the cone in the upright
position #3.

C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
13. Start point Press and hold the green Front button.
collection
14. Sweep down Sweep the handle down to horizontal position.
Be sure that the ball probe remains seated in the
hole.

☛☛Ensure you have collected at least 200 points


in the three sweeps. If your point count is less

2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
than 200, simply repeat each sweep.
If you are using a 6-Axis FaroArm or the FARO Gage, skip to step 18.
M o d u l e

2.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
##
If you are
15. Position #4
(Seven - Axis
Press the red Back button.

Place the ball probe in the cone in the upright


FaroArms only)
using a 6-Axis
position #4.
FaroArm or the
FARO Gage,
skip to step 18.

16. Start point Press and hold the green Front button.
collection
17. End point Press the red Back button.
collection
18. View results Check the Compensation Status.
before clicking
OK or Retry zz If Compensation Status is Success, click
Save and Exit.

zz If Compensation Status is Failed, click


Restart Compensation and repeat the
compensation procedure.
C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

2.12
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Probe Compensation Repeatability
After saving a successful probe compensation, repeat the compensation
two more times. Now compare the three probe compensation errors.
Click the View Compensation Log button to show a list of the most
recent compensations.

The differences between the errors should not exceed the Single Point
value of the FaroArm. The Single Point value is listed on the serial
number label.

C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
Single Point Articulation Test (SPAT) ## Refer to the
FaroArm Help File for the
The Single Point Articulation Test (SPAT) checks the repeatability of the
procedure details.
FaroArm’s X, Y and Z coordinates.

2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

2.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Single Point Articulation Test (SPAT)

##
This Activity
For this activity, you will run the Single Point Articulation Test (SPAT) and review the
results.

shows the 1. Hardware setup Place the compensation cone approximately 2/3
FaroArm driver
of the FaroArm’s reach away from its base.
2. Probe On the Device Control Panel, click the Probe
v6.0
Management Management button.

3. Start SPAT Click SPAT.


4. Start point Place and hold the calibrated probe in the
C o n s i d e r a t i o n s

collection compensation cone or any conical socket.

Click Start.

Start with the elbow of the FaroArm to one side


and press the green Front button.
2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
M o d u l e

2.14
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
5. Sweep the elbow Watch the screen and slowly sweep the elbow so
that it ends up on the opposite side.

☛☛Measurements automatically record as the


elbow moves.

zz In the dialog box, watch the status bar.


Sweep the elbow all the way to the opposite
side.

zz The SPAT automatically completes. The


set of measurements from each sweep are
compared for repeatability. If the sets are not
repeatable, you must repeat the test.

☛☛The FaroArm movement should feel fluid.


Be careful not to stress the FaroArm while
taking these points or get too close to an
end stop since stresses can be amplified
near end stops.
6. SPAT Results Note the deviations in X, Y, and Z. The (Max-
Min)/2 Error, or Single Point repeatability value,
of each coordinate should be lower than the
value printed on the serial number label.

zz Click Report to save the SPAT results to a


file.

C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
zz Click Close to exit.
7. Close Click the X in the upper right corner of the Probe
Management dialog box.

FaroArm Help File


You can access the FaroArm Help file from the File tab, or by clicking
the Help button in any FaroArm driver command found in the Device
Control Panel. 2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
On the Device Control Panel, click Probe Management or any other
command button.

zz In the FaroArm Manager window, click Help.

This opens the FaroArm help file and automatically jumps to the
FaroArm Manager topic. Use the Contents, Index and Search tabs on
the left side of the Help window to navigate around the file.
M o d u l e

2.15
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 3: FaroArm Device Setup
Checklist
Temperature Effect On A Part
❐❐ The part has “soaked” in the inspection environment to adjust to
the air temperature.

❐❐ Measurements will be taken in a relatively constant air


temperature.

❐❐ CAM2 Measure is set to appropriately adjust for part expansion/


contraction (see software user guide).

❐❐ The part is evenly exposed to light.

Temperature Effect On The Device


❐❐ The device temperature has stabilized.

Movement
❐❐ The device and part are fastened and stationary.

Vibration Effects

C o n s i d e r a t i o n s
❐❐ Vibrations (forklifts driving by, stamping machine movement, etc.)
are avoided.

Mounting Stability
❐❐ Mounting instructions (tripod, magnetic, or vacuum) have been
carefully followed.

If Using C-Clamps:

2 : M e a s u r e m e n t
❐❐ The surface is clean and clear of any debris.

❐❐ Clamps are arranged on opposite sides of the base - 180


degrees from each other.

If Using A Custom Mount:

❐❐ The plate is large enough to mount the FaroArm using the


Magnetic Mount or C-clamps.

❐❐ The plate is thick enough to prevent flexing.


M o d u l e

❐❐ A dial indicator has verified the rigidity of the plate.

❐❐ The plate is securely mounted to the part/fixture.

2.17
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

2.19
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 3:
Basic Measurement

In this module, you will become familiar with the Measure and Construct tabs of the
CAM2 Measure Ribbon and the Report panel in the Navigation window. Measure, Construct,
Dimension, and Report are the four steps common to every CAM2 Measure measuring job.

You will also be introduced to a Basic Measurement Strategy, which will get you thinking about
what you need to include in the final report and how you can obtain that information before
you begin measuring. You will see the process of how you think about a project vs. how you
actually do a project.

This module will first focus on each of the key tabs in the ribbon. After you learn how to use
each tab, you will apply the Basic Measurement Strategy to put them all together in the proper
order to complete a measurement job.

Let’s begin!

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Use the Basic Measurement Strategy to plan and complete a
measurement job using the Measure and Construct tabs, and Report
panel.

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions

M e a s u r e m e n t
3D Best Fit
Construction Feature
Feature Reducibility Keyboard Shortcuts
Plane Compensation Projection Plane
Reading Scanning
Solved Feature Unsolved Feature
B a s i c

XX LESSONS
Lesson 1: Measure������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 3.5
Lesson 2: Construct��������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3.35
3 :

Lesson 3: Dimension������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3.51


M o d u l e

Lesson 4: Report�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3.59


Lesson 5: Review Activities ��������������������������������������������������������������� 3.73

3.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: FIRST ARTICLE INSPECTION
You enter your boss’ office. The boss says, “Using our new
FaroArm and CAM2 Measure, I need you to do a first article
inspection on this part. We need to finish our part inspection by the
end of the day if we are going to meet our delivery schedule. Here
is the blueprint… get to work.” You return to your workstation, look
at the blueprint and the part, and think about how to tackle this job.

“What is the most effective way to provide what the boss is asking for?
I need to think about the measurement strategy and begin with the end in
mind.”

Strategy: Basic Measurement


Look at what you need to measure and consider the following questions:

zz What should you include in the formal Report?

zz Which features (geometric elements) do you need to capture?

”” Which features can you Measure directly (e.g. planes,


circles, cylinders, lines, etc.)?

”” Which features do you need to Construct (e.g. bolt hole


circle)?
M e a s u r e m e n t

zz Which Dimensions do you need? (e.g., circle center to circle


center)

zz What logical sequence should you use to move around the part
and capture the features? (e.g., left to right, top to bottom, or
measure all planes first, then circles, etc.)
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.2
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
How you Think About your measurement project
(Basic Measurement Strategy)

Features
to Capture
Report  Measureable Dimension
Requirements
 Need to
Construct

How you DO your measurement project

Measure Construct Dimension


Report

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 1: Measure

Measure Construct Dimension


Report

Before you can apply the Basic Measurement Strategy to a complete


measurement job, you need to be familiar with the capabilities of the
CAM2 Measure tabs. The first tab we will present is Measure. You will
learn to measure features correctly, analyze the measurement results,
and find and edit feature readings and names.

Lesson Objective
With the assistance of the Help file, you will be able to use all of the
functions within the Measure tab. This means you will be able to:

zz Use the Measure tab to capture data.


zz Review and evaluate measurement quality and edit data.
zz Define projection planes for 2D measurements.
zz Save and open files.
zz Rename features.
zz Determine the optimal number of points to collect and distribution
of those points on a feature.

M e a s u r e m e n t
Before Measuring
Before you begin measuring features, make sure that you use the
correct probe. On the Device tab, click Device Control Panel. Check
the Current Probe listed in the Probe section. If you need to change the
probe, click Probe Management.
3 : B a s i c

Once you determine that you are using the correct probe, make sure to
compensate the probe.
M o d u l e

3.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
How To Measure Features
1. Choose a part measurement workflow

2. Add feature(s) to your file

3. Record measurements

Part Measurement Workflow: Measure or Template


Mode
There are two workflows for measuring your part in CAM2 Measure.
Sometimes you may want to take measurements immediately as you
are inspecting a part (Measure Mode); other times you may want to

##
plan an entire measurement process before you actually take any
measurements (Template Mode).
The default mode
is Measure Mode.

Measure/Template Mode Button

In CAM2 Measure, you can choose either approach by selecting or


deselecting the Measure/Template Mode command in the Quick
Launch toolbar. Select (highlight) the button, for Measure Mode, and
deselect for Template Mode. When Template Mode is active, a red
border and "Template Mode" text appears on the Main window.

Measure Mode
To measure features in Measure mode:

1. On the Quick Launch toolbar, click Measure/Template Mode.


The default is Measure mode.
M e a s u r e m e n t

2. On the Measure tab, or on the Feature Creator panel, select the


feature you want to measure (e.g. a plane).

## The sequence in
3. The Measurement panel appears and you can start adding
readings (measurements).
which you click the features Template Mode
is the sequence in which you
3 : B a s i c

In Template mode, you first create the features that you will want to
are prompted to measure the
measure later. To create these features:
features.

## Features solve
1. On the Quick Launch toolbar, click Measure/Template Mode.

2. On the Measure tab, or in the Feature Creator panel, select the


M o d u l e

when you reach the minimum feature you want to measure (e.g. a plane). The feature is added
number of readings for the to the Features section of the Navigation window (Features
list). The feature name appears in gray, indicating that the feature
feature type.
has not been measured and is not "solved" yet.

3.6
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
To measure in the Template mode:

1. In the Features list, select one or more existing features to


measure. You can select features one at a time, or, to select
multiple features, press the CTRL key on the keyboard while
clicking each feature with the mouse.

2. On the Quick Launch toolbar, click Add Readings.


## You can also right-
click the selected features
and select the Add Readings
command.
3. The Measurement panel appears and you can add readings
(measurements) to each feature.

Measurement Panel
The Measurement panel appears each time you choose a
measurement command either on the ribbon, the Feature Creator
panel, or by right-clicking a feature in the Features list and selecting
Add Readings.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
The Measurement panel consists of three areas:

zz Prompt - displays prompts in conjunction with the DRO.

zz Device’s Digital ReadOut (DRO) - displays the position of the probe


at any point in space using a three-dimensional coordinate system
and displays the form of the feature.
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz Image - displays the image for the current measurement.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
The Measurement panel consists of Setup, Measure, Sizing, and
Scanning commands:

Setup

! Options - Allows you to select the coordinate system axes you


want to display.

" Geometric Data - Geometric data and statistics associated with


the current measurement.

# Digital ReadOut (DRO) - The current location of the


M e a s u r e m e n t

measurement device’s probe that updates as the probe moves


through space. If there is a communication or device error, all of the
coordinate values appear as a line of asterisks (*****).

$ Measurement Image - The image for the current measurement


(QuickTools only).

% Show Prompt - The text area that contains informational


messages relating to the current measurement.
3 : B a s i c

Measuring

& Record Measurement - Enables you to take a single point


reading.
M o d u l e

' Record End Click - Completes the collection of readings.

( Remove Last Reading - Removes the last reading taken.

3.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Sizing

) Full Screen - Maximizes the Measurement panel to fill the


entire computer screen.

Geometry Override

* Geometry Override - Allows you to override CAM2 Measure’s


Automatic Feature Recognition by manually selecting a geometry
type.

Close

+ Close - Exits the Measurement panel.

Scanning

, Mode - Determines the way in which you collect readings.

”” Single Point - press the green Front button to collect a


single reading.

”” Time Interval - press the green Front button to start the time
interval which collects single readings over a specified time.

”” Distance Interval - press the green Front button to start the


distance interval which collects a single reading when the
probe moves a specified distance.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Record a Reading
Click the green Front button to collect a point reading. Click the red

##
Back button to accept the collected readings, which is the Sampled End
Click.
The position of
the probe at the End Click is Probe Compensation
critical for accurate readings.
When measuring with a ball probe !, the location of the center of the
probe records as a point each time you press the green Front button.
Because each probe has a known diameter, there is a known distance
between the center of the probe and the outer edge of the probe. This
distance needs to be specified (projected) for the point to record in the
correct location.

The distance between the probe point of contact " with the surface
being measured and the center of the probe # is known as Probe
Offset $. This transfer of the point from the center of the probe to the
correct location is known as probe compensation.





M e a s u r e m e n t

## To make sure the


compensation for the probe


radius calculates correctly,


the location of the probe is
extremely important when
3 : B a s i c

you press the Back button.


M o d u l e

3.12
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Plane Compensation
In this example, you are taking three points to identify a plane on a
part. This plane can compensate in one of two opposite directions. The
compensation depends on where you press the red Back button. In
this case, press the red Back button above the plane. The plane then
compensates in a downward direction the distance equal to the probe
radius.

In this example, the correct location to accept the readings is above the
plane.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Measure A Plane In Measure Mode
For this activity, you will measure a plane on the top of the demo part with at least
three points and review the Form data.

##
Keyboard
1. New file
2. Select workflow
On the File tab, click New.
If necessary, click Measure/Template Mode
Shortcuts mode on the Quick Launch toolbar so that you are in
Ctrl + N: Measure mode.
New File

☛☛A red border around the Main window


##
indicates Template mode.
3. Select Plane On the Measure tab, click Plane.
4. Collect readings Use the green Front button to collect at least
Keyboard
three readings.
Shortcuts
F3: 5. Compensate Pull the probe up and away from the part when
Measure Plane probe you finish collecting readings.
6. Accept the Press the red Back button to accept the
readings readings.
7. Cancel the Press the red Back button again to cancel the
measurement Plane command.
M e a s u r e m e n t

command
When measuring a plane, probe location during the End Click is critical
for correct placement of the plane.
8. View screen On the View tab, click Reset Zoom.
3 : B a s i c

☛☛You can also press the E keyboard shortcut.


Now, remeasure the plane with more than three readings and review the
Form data in the Measurement panel.
M o d u l e

3.14
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
9. Remeasure On the Quick Launch toolbar, click Remeasure.
command

Use the green Front button to collect more than


three readings.
10. Compensate Pull the probe up and away from the part when
probe you finish collecting readings.
11. Accept the Press the red Back button to accept the
readings readings.

Percentage Of Measured Feature Vs. Total Feature


Size
Measuring a small percentage of a feature will not provide the most
accurate representation of the feature. Since CAM2 Measure constructs
a best-fit feature from the points you collect, the number of points
collected and the spacing of those points directly impacts the accuracy
of the measurement result.

This is a common principle regardless of the feature you measure. The


more points you collect, and the more evenly you distribute them over
the part, the more repeatable your measurement result will be. For

##
optimal results, we recommend collecting two times the minimum points
plus one. (Minimum number of points x 2 + 1).
For larger features,
When considering the distribution of the points over the part, remember you should collect more than
that even distribution is best. If there are times when only a portion of the recommended amount of
the feature is accessible, then take as many points as you can on that
points.
portion. While this is not the ideal situation, taking as many points as you

M e a s u r e m e n t
can will help ensure a better representation of the feature.

3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.15
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
To solve the feature: For optimal results:
Feature minimum number of suggested minimum
points to collect number of points to collect

3 7
Plane

2 5
Line

3 7
Circle

4 9
Sphere

6 13
Cylinder

6 13
Cone

Examples:
Minimum Minimum: For Optimal Results
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.16
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Measuring Features In The Measure Mode

##
For this activity, you will add the following features to the Features list and
measure:

zz Four circles Keyboard


zz One sphere Shortcuts
F10:
Measure Circle
1. Select Workflow If necessary, click Measure/Template Mode F12:
Mode on the Quick Launch toolbar so that you are in Measure
Measure mode. Sphere

For the next steps, either click each feature on the Measure tab or click
a feature on the Feature Creator panel.
2. Select Circle On the Measure tab, click Circle.

3. Collect readings Use the green Front button to collect at least


three readings on Circle 1.
4. Compensate Pull the probe to the center of the Circle 1 when
Probe you finish collecting readings.
After completing the circle measurement, the Circle command remains
active and ready to measure another circle. This measurement workflow
is a function of the Auto-Repeat Measurement preference.
5. Collect readings Use the green Front button to collect at least
three readings on Circle 3.
6. Compensate Pull the probe to the center of the Circle 3 when
Probe you finish collecting readings.
7. Collect readings Use the green Front button to collect at least

M e a s u r e m e n t
three readings on Circle 5.
8. Compensate Pull the probe to the center of the Circle 5 when
Probe you finish collecting readings.
9. Collect readings Use the green Front button to collect at least
three readings on Circle 7.
10. Compensate Pull the probe to the center of the Circle 7 when
Probe you finish collecting readings.
11. Cancel Circle Press the red Back button to cancel the Measure
3 : B a s i c

Command Circle command.


12. Select Sphere On the Measure tab, click Sphere.
13. Collect readings Use the green Front button to collect at least four
readings on Sphere A.
M o d u l e

14. Compensate Pull the probe away from the surface of Sphere A
Probe when you finish collecting readings.

3.17
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
15. Cancel Sphere Press the red Back button to cancel the Measure
Command Sphere command.
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.18
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Adding Features To The Features List In The
Template Mode
For this activity, you will add the following features to the Features list to measure
later:

zz One cylinder

1. Select Workflow On the Quick Launch toolbar, click Measure/


Mode Template Mode to switch to Template mode.

2. Add cylinder Click Cylinder on the Measure tab or click


Cylinder on the Feature Creator panel to add
##
Keyboard
this feature to the Features list.
Shortcuts
F11:
Measure
Cylinder

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.19
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Measuring A Feature On The Features List
For this activity, you will now add measurements to the cylinder you just added to
the Features list:

zz Cylinder 1

1. Select feature On the Features list, click Cylinder 1 added in


name Template mode.
2. Add Readings On the Quick Launch toolbar, click Add
Readings.

☛☛You can also right-click on the highlighted


features, and click Add Readings.
3. Measure Mode Click Yes to switch to Measure mode.
Measure the cylinder when prompted in the Prompt area of the
Measurement panel (i.e., "Cylinder 1 ).
4. Measure For the cylinder, use the green Front button to
Cylinder 9 collect at least six readings.
5. Compensate Pull the probe to the center of the cylinder. Press
and accept the the red Back button to accept the readings.
readings
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.20
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Rename A Feature
To rename a feature:

zz Double-click a feature on the Features list.

zz In the Feature Properties dialog box, rename the feature by


highlighting the name and typing in a new name. Click Modify to
continue.

☛☛You can also right-click the feature and choose Properties.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.21
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Renaming A Feature
For this activity, you will rename the features in the Feature Properties dialog box:

zz Circles 3, 5, 7, Cylinder 9, and Sphere A

1. Select Circle 4 Double-click Circle 4 in the Features list.


2. Type new name With the feature name highlighted, type
Circle 7 and click Modify.
3. Select Circle 3 Double-click Circle 3 in the Features list.
4. Type new name With the feature name highlighted, type
Circle 5 and click Modify.
5. Select Circle 2 Double-click Circle 2 in the Features list.
6. Type new name With the feature name highlighted, type
Circle 3 and click Modify.
7. Select Sphere 1 Double-click Sphere  1 in the Features list.
8. Type new name With the feature name highlighted, type
Sphere A and click Modify.
9. Select Cylinder 1 Double-click Cylinder  1 in the Features list.
10. Type new name With the feature name highlighted, type
Cylinder 9 and click Modify. Click Close to
complete the feature renaming.
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.22
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Projection Plane
Plane of Projection for 2D features

In order for the CAM2 Measure to determine a 2D feature’s relative


position in space, the feature must lay on a plane. This plane is called
the plane of projection. Before measuring a 2D feature, you must first
measure a plane to define the plane of projection (if the projection plane
does not already exist).

The following 2D features must lay on a plane of projection:

zz Circle

zz Line (2D line)

zz Slot (Round and Rectangular)

zz Ellipse

zz 2D polyline

PLANE OF PROJECTION

Set the Plane of Projection

After measuring the plane, you measure the 2D feature and the plane
is automatically associated by CAM2 Measure to the 2D feature if the

M e a s u r e m e n t
projection plane was measured as part of the 2D feature's measurement
command. To set the correct plane of projection:

zz On the Quick Launch toolbar, in the Active Projection Plane


drop-down box, select the correct plane.
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.23
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Plane of Projection: None

In some instances, the points collected for a feature will also define the
plane of projection for that feature. In these instances, you want to select
None for the plane of projection:

zz On the Quick Launch toolbar, in the Active Projection Plane


drop-down box, select None.
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.24
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Measuring Features On A New Plane
For this activity, you will measure a new projection plane, set the plane of
projection, measure a circle, and rename the circle feature.

1. Measure Mode If necessary, click Measure/Template Mode so


that you are in Measure mode.

zz Click No in the message box.


2. Measure Plane Measure Plane on Circle 11 side.

The plane of projection, in the Active Projection


Plane drop-down box, now shows as Plane  2.
3. Measure Circle 11 Measure Circle 11.

## You
can also right-
4. Select Circle 2 Double-click Circle 2 in the Features list.

M e a s u r e m e n t
click on the
5. Type new name With the feature name highlighted, type highlighted
Circle 11. Click Modify and then Close to
finish. feature, and
click Rename.

3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.25
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Measure A 2D Line
When measuring a 2D line, probe location during the End Click is critical
for correct placement of the line. You should correctly pull the probe
away from the surface that represents the line.

Measure A Round Slot


When measuring a round slot, probe location during the End Click is
critical for calculating the correct diameter. You should correctly pull the
probe to the center of the slot, or away from the outside of the slot in the
case of an outside diameter round slot.
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.26
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Measure A Point With No Plane Of Projection
When measuring a point, probe location during the End Click is not
critical. The FaroArm collects the reading for the point at the center of its
probe, and the End Click simply concludes the taking of readings.

ACTIVITY: Setting The Plane Of Projection And Measuring


Basic Features
For this activity, you will set the plane of projection and measure more basic
features in Measure mode.

1. Select Projection On the Quick Launch toolbar, in the Projection


Plane Plane drop-down box, select Plane 1.
2. Measure 2D Line On the Measure tab, click 2D Line and measure
the line.

##
3. Measure Round On the Measure tab, click Round Slot and
Slot measure the round slot.
Keyboard
Shortcuts
F4:
Measure 2D
Line

M e a s u r e m e n t
F2:
Measure Point

4. Select Round Double-click Round Slot 1 in the Features list.


Slot 1
5. Type new name With the feature name highlighted, type Round
Slot F. Click Modify and then Close to finish.
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.27
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
6. Measure Points On the Measure tab, click Point and measure
the four points by seating the 6 mm probe firmly
in each 5 mm hole. Take at least three readings
for each point feature.
3

4
1

☛☛After measuring the first point measurement,


notice the Auto Repeat Measurement
preference keeps the Point command active
and ready to measure another point feature.
7. Prepare Point 5 Thread the FaroArm compensation cone into the
T1 or T2 threaded holes on the demo part and
tighten with the 12 mm wrench.
T1
T2

8. Measure Point Measure an additional point by seating the 6 mm


probe firmly in the compensation cone.
9. View screen On the View tab, click Reset Zoom, or press the
M e a s u r e m e n t

E keyboard shortcut.
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.28
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
You will use your measurements to learn about the Construct and Dimension
commands. To make this information easily accessible, you can save a file with
your data.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save. The Save As dialog


box appears.
2. Create new folder In the CAM2 Measure 10 folder, click Create
New Folder. Name the folder [your name].
Then, double-click your folder to open it.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type Measure.fcd.
4. Save Click Save.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.29
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Feature Color
Each type of feature that you add to the measurement file has a color
that corresponds to the tab color from the ribbon and the Feature
Creator panel. When you move the mouse pointer over a feature in the
Main window or the Features list, the color changes to red. When you
select a feature from the Main window or the Features list, the color
changes to a bright yellow.

Feature Status Indicator


To the right of each feature in the Features list is a status indicator. The
status indicator changes color as you take measurements and indicate:

zz You have not taken enough points to define a feature (gray flag).

zz You have taken enough points to define the feature and it is in


tolerance (green checkmark).

zz You have taken enough points to define the feature and it is out
of tolerance (red or blue flag).
M e a s u r e m e n t

Show And Hide Features


3 : B a s i c

To the extreme right of all features is the Feature Visibility switch (eye
symbol). Click the Feature Visibility switch to hide a feature. Once
hidden, the switch appears dimmed. Click the Feature Visibility switch
again to show the feature.
M o d u l e

When hidden, features remain in the Features list but are not shown in
the Main window.

3.30
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Evaluate Measurement Data
A number of screen elements assist you in assessing the quality of the
part or feature you are measuring. In the Feature Information panel you
see:

zz Form is a measure of the geometric accuracy of the feature.


Examples are the circularity of a circle, the straightness of a line,
and the flatness of a plane. The measured feature's label shows
the form value of the feature.

zz Diameter and Length are the width of a circular feature and the
width or height of a rectangular feature.

zz In Tolerance is defined when you establish your nominals and

##
tolerances. If a feature is in tolerance, the symbol next to the
feature in the Features list will be a green check.
Graphical
zz Out of Tolerance is defined when you establish your nominals tolerances use color
and tolerances. If a feature is out of tolerance, the symbol next to gradients to show more detail
the feature in the Features list will be a red or blue flag.
about the actual number
in a tolerance band. Blue
and Red become lighter as
the value approaches the
tolerance band edge. Green
becomes darker as the actual
number approaches the exact
nominal value.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.31
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
In the Measurement Data panel you see:

zz Readings shows the deviation from fit for each point taken.

Add/Remove Readings

## Make sure that


you do not remove a reading
Removing Readings from a Feature's Calculation

To remove a reading from a feature's calculation:


needed to solve the feature. zz On the Measurement Data panel, clear the check box in the
Enabled column. Click Apply to re-calculate the feature with the
remaining readings.

Adding Readings to an Existing Feature


M e a s u r e m e n t

To add readings to a feature:

zz Right-click the feature on the Features list or the on the image in


the Main window, then click Add Readings.

zz Press the green Front button and take more readings.

## After removing a
Permanently Removing Readings from a Feature
3 : B a s i c

reading, you may want to To permanently delete a reading from a feature:


remeasure that specific area zz Press the Backspace key while measuring that feature. One
of the part to rule out user, reading is removed each time you press the Backspace key; or
device, or part error.
zz On the Measurement Data panel, select the reading you want to
M o d u l e

remove, and press the Delete key.

3.32
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Measuring Mode: Scan Mode
So far, when measuring, you have taken single points. Another way to
take points is by scanning, which takes points continuously after you
press and hold the green Front button.

You can enable scanning by selecting a mode in the Measurement


panel which appears when selecting a measurement command. The
three modes are:

zz Single Point - press and hold the green Front button to collect a
single reading.

zz Time Interval - press and hold the green Front button to start the
time interval which collects single readings over a specified time.

zz Distance Interval - press and hold the green Front button to start
the distance interval which collects a single reading when the probe
moves a specified distance.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.33
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: Construct

Measure Construct Dimension


Report

Now that you know how to measure features, let’s learn how to construct
features. Sometimes points or other features are specified on a drawing,
but do not actually exist on the part, e.g. a bolt hole circle.

A construction allows you to create features that you cannot measure


directly by using existing features to create and calculate another
feature.

Lesson Objective
With the assistance of the Help file, you will be able to use all of the
functions within the Construct tab. You will be able to:

zz Identify point-, line-, and plane-reducibility for each feature type.


zz Determine why constructions are needed.
zz Locate, review, and evaluate feature construction quality.

Why Are Constructions Needed?

M e a s u r e m e n t
Constructions allow you to create features that you cannot directly
measure, such as a bolt-hole circle.

The activities in this lesson allow you to practice some commonly used
construction commands.

As we discuss and practice using the Construct tab, you will use
3 : B a s i c

features you saved in the Measure lesson.


M o d u l e

3.35
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Feature Reducibility
Feature Reducibility means that part of a feature can be used for
constructions and dimensioning. For example, a circle has three
reducible parts; the point, the line, and the plane.

A circle is Point-Reducible, which means it can be used as a point for


constructions, or dimensions. The point of a circle is its center point.

A circle is Line-Reducible. The line of a circle is perpendicular to the


circle's plane through the center point.

A circle is Plane-Reducible. The plane of a circle is its plane of


M e a s u r e m e n t

projection.
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.36
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Feature Reducibility
Look at each feature and determine if it is point-, line-, or plane-reducible. Some
features may be reducible to more than one type of feature.
Point Line Plane
Circle

Cylinder

Cone

Ellipse

Line

Plane

M e a s u r e m e n t
Point

Rectangular
Slot 3 : B a s i c

Round Slot
M o d u l e

Sphere

3.37
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Point Constructions
Four of the most commonly used point constructions are Intersection,
Projection, Midpoint and Key-In.

zz Intersection allows you to construct a point from the intersection


of two features or three planes.

zz Projection allows you to construct a point and project it onto a


feature.
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.38
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz Midpoint allows you to construct a point in the center of two
point-reducible features.

zz Key-In allows you to construct a point by entering the location of


the point.

Key-in requires the input of nominals which we will discuss later in the
training.

ACTIVITY: Opening A Saved File


1. File Open On the File tab, click Open.
2. Select your Browse to your folder in \My Documents\
folder CAM2 Measure 10\.
3. Select Measure. Select Measure.fcd
fcd

M e a s u r e m e n t
4. Open Click Open.
5. View screen On the View tab, click Reset Zoom.

☛☛You can also press the E keyboard shortcut.


3 : B a s i c

6. Close Quick Since this lesson focuses on constructions, click


Launch toolbar the arrow on the bottom center of the Quick
Launch toolbar to hide it.
M o d u l e

3.39
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Point By Intersection Of Two
Features
For this activity, you will construct a point from the intersection of Plane 1 and
Cylinder 9.

1. By Intersection On the Construct tab, click Point, then click


By Intersection. The Construct Point By
Intersection dialog box appears.
2. Name the point In the Name box, enter Intersection Point.
3. Two Features In the Construct by drop-down list, choose Two
option Features.
4. Select first In the first Feature list, select Plane 1 - Actual.
feature
5. Select second In the second Feature list, select
feature Cylinder 9 - Actual.
6. Treat as Line In the treat as list, select Line.
7. Create Click Create to view the result.
8. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.

Changing the View


The View tab contains commands to control the rotation, pan, and zoom
of the 3D view. However, you will find it easier to use the keyboard
shortcuts and the mouse to control the 3D view.

Shortcut keys

## Since we have not


zz The 4 key sets the view along the X axis (Front view).
M e a s u r e m e n t

defined the X,Y, or Z axes, zz The 5 key sets the view along the Y axis (Side view).
these commands will use the zz The 6 key sets the view along the Z axis (Top view).
FaroArm's coordinate system.
zz The 7, 8, 9, and 0 keys set the Isometric views.

zz The E key resets the zoom.

zz The I key zooms in.


3 : B a s i c

zz The O key zooms out.

zz The four Arrow keys pan the view.

Mouse
M o d u l e

zz Press and hold the Left mouse button and drag to 3D rotate the
view.

zz Press and hold the Right mouse button and drag to pan the view.

3.40
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz Rotate the mouse Wheel to Zoom in and out.

After completing the constructions, change the view and look at the
newly constructed feature.

ACTIVITY: Constructing A Point By Projection


For this activity, you will construct a point from the projection of Sphere A to Plane 1.

1. By Projection On the Construct tab, click Point, then click By


Projection. The Construct Point By Projection
dialog box appears.
2. Name the point In the Name box, enter Projection Point.
3. Select point In the Point list, select Sphere A - Actual.
4. Select feature to In the Project To list, select Plane 1 - Actual.
project to
5. Create Click Create to view the result.
6. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.

ACTIVITY: Constructing A Point By Midpoint


For this activity, you will construct a point halfway between two points.

1. By Midpoint On the Construct tab, click Point, then click By


Midpoint. The Construct Point By Midpoint
dialog box appears.
2. Name the point In the Name box, enter Midpoint.
3. Select first In the Feature 1 list, select Point 1 - Actual.

M e a s u r e m e n t
feature
4. Select second In the Feature 2 list, select Point 2 - Actual.
feature
5. Create Click Create to view the result.
6. Close Click Close to close the dialog box. 3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.41
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Line Constructions
One of the most commonly used line constructions is Intersection of
Two Planes.

ACTIVITY: Constructing A Line By Intersection Of Two


Planes
For this activity, you will construct a line using the intersection of Plane 1 and Plane
2.

1. By Intersection On the Construct tab, click Line, then click By


of Two Planes Intersection of 2 Planes. The Construct Point
By Intersection of Two Planes dialog box
appears.
2. Name the line In the Name box, enter Constructed Line 1.
3. Select first In the Plane list, select Plane 1 - Actual.
M e a s u r e m e n t

feature
4. Select second In the Feature list, select Plane 2 - Actual.
feature
5. Create Click Create to view the result.
6. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.
To edit any of these features, select the feature in the Features list,
double-click, make changes in the Feature Properties dialog box,
3 : B a s i c

and click Modify.


M o d u l e

3.42
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Plane Constructions
Three of the most commonly used plane constructions are Best Fit, By
Offset and Perpendicular.

zz Best Fit constructs a plane by fitting it through point-reducible


features.
## To preview a “By
Best Fit” feature before you
zz By Offset constructs a plane at a known distance parallel to an create it, view the graphic in
existing plane. You can locate the plane by either:
the Main window and feature
”” Moving the plane by an absolute offset. data in all of the By Best Fit

”” Placing it through another point. dialog boxes.

”” Offsetting the plane along a normal (line).

zz Perpendicular constructs a plane perpendicular to a line.

Best Fit By Offset Perpendicular

ACTIVITY: Constructing A Best Fit Plane


For this activity, you will construct a best fit plane using the previously measured
four circles.

1. By Best Fit On the Construct tab, click Plane, then click

M e a s u r e m e n t
By Best Fit. The Construct Plane By Best Fit
dialog box appears.
2. Name the plane In the Name box, enter Best Fit Plane.
3. Select Circles 1, In the Select Entities to Fit Through list, hold
3, 5, and 7 down the Ctrl key and select Circle 1 - Actual,
Circle 3 - Actual, Circle 5 - Actual, and
Circle 7 - Actual.
3 : B a s i c

☛☛You can also select Circle 1, hold down the


Shift key and select Circle 7 to select a list of
features.
4. Create Click Create to view the result.
M o d u l e

5. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.

3.43
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Plane By Offset
For this activity, you will construct a plane parallel to the best fit plane.
Use
the shortcut 1. By Offset On the Construct tab, click Plane, then click By
keys or the Offset. The Construct Plane By Offset dialog
mouse to
box appears.
2. Name the plane In the Name box, enter Offset Plane.
change the 3D
3. Select base In the Base Feature list, select Best Fit
view.
feature Plane - Actual.
4. Select Offset Select the Offset Along Normal option button.
Along Normal Select Best Fit Plane - Actual from the drop-
and select down list.
feature.
5. Enter distance In the Distance box, enter either 20.00 (mm)
or 0.7874 (in)
6. Create Click Create to view the result.
7. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.

ACTIVITY: Constructing A Plane Perpendicular


For this activity, you will construct a plane perpendicular to the front edge.

1. Perpendicular On the Construct tab, click Plane, then


click Perpendicular. The Construct Plane
Perpendicular dialog box appears.
2. Read the Help Click Help to view the help topic for the
command. Close the Help window.
M e a s u r e m e n t

Fill in the blanks:

The plane is constructed ____________________________ to the


line

and _______________________ the point.


3. Name the plane In the Name box, enter Perpendicular
Plane.
3 : B a s i c

4. Select Line and Select the Line option button.


select feature
Select Line 1 - Actual from the drop-down list.
5. Select point In the Point box, select Circle 3 - Actual.
6. Create Click Create to view the result.
M o d u l e

7. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.

3.44
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Circle Constructions
Three of the most commonly used circle constructions are Plane
Intersect, Best Fit and Key In.

zz Plane Intersect - allows you to construct a circle from the


intersection of a plane and a feature, such as a cone or cylinder.

zz Best Fit - allows you to construct a bolt circle pattern from


previously measured circles.

zz Key-In - allows you to construct a circle by entering the name,


location, diameter and normal vector.

Next, we will discuss Plane Intersect and Best Fit. Since Key-In uses
nominals, we will discuss that in the Nominals lesson.

Plane Intersect

Best Fit

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.45
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Constructing A Circle By Intersect
For this activity, you will construct a circle using the intersection of a plane and a
feature.

1. By Intersection On the Construct tab, click Circle, then click


of Plane and a By Intersection of Plane and a Feature. The
Feature Construct Circle By Intersection of Plane and
a Feature dialog box appears.
2. Name the circle In the Name box, enter Circle by
Intersection.
3. Select first In the Plane list, select Plane 1 - Actual.
feature
4. Select second In the Feature list, select Cylinder 9 - Actual.
feature
5. Lock Plane of Select To Plane.
Circle
6. Create Click Create to view the result.
7. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.

ACTIVITY: Constructing A Circle By Best Fit


For this activity, you will construct a best fit bolt-hole pattern using three of the
previously measured four circles.

1. By Best Fit On the Construct tab, click Circle, then click


By Best Fit. The Construct Circle By Best Fit
dialog box appears.
2. Read the Help Click Help to view the help topic for the
M e a s u r e m e n t

command. Close the Help window.


Fill in the blank:

If the ____________________________ check box is selected, the


features are projected to the plane before constructed into a best fit
circle.
3. Name the circle In the Name box, enter Bolt Circle.
3 : B a s i c

In the Select Entities to Fit Through list, hold


4. Select entities to
fit through down the Ctrl key and select Circle 1 - Actual,
Circle 3 - Actual, and Circle 5 - Actual.
5. Select Use Plane Make sure the Use Plane check box is
and Plane 1 selected and in the Use Plane list, select
M o d u l e

Plane 1 - Actual.
6. Create Click Create to view the result.
7. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.

3.46
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Reviewing And Evaluating Data
Now we'll review the form and diameter data of the Bolt Circle.

1. Select Bolt Circle Select the Bolt Circle in the Features list.
2. Feature At the bottom of the CAM2 Measure window,
Information click the Feature Information tab to open the
panel Feature Information panel.
3. Review data Note the Bolt Circle data in the Feature Label
column.

☛☛The Circularity (Form) will be “0” - because


three points are all that is required to define
a circle, the form of a circle defined by three
points will always be perfect.
4. Note the diameter Note the Diameter for reference when you add
another circle in the next activity.
Form: _____________

Diameter: _____________

ACTIVITY: Editing The Data For The Best Fit Constructed


Circle
Edit the Bolt Circle.

1. Bolt-Circle In the Features list, double-click Bolt Circle.


You
Properties
can also
In the Select Entities to Fit Through list, hold

M e a s u r e m e n t
2. Select entities to
fit through down the Ctrl key and select Circle 7 - Actual. right-click

3. Modify Click Modify to view the result. the feature

4. Close Click Close to close the dialog box. and choose


Properties.
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.47
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Reviewing The Data For The Best Fit Constructed
Circle
For this activity, you will compare the data of the edited Bolt Circle to the previous
Bolt Circle data.

Form: _____________

Diameter: _____________

1. Select Bolt On the Features list, click Bolt Circle.


Circle
2. Feature Open the Feature Information panel.
Information
panel
3. View data Note the updated data of the edited Bolt Circle.

☛☛Since the circle is defined by a best fit using


more than three points, it will most likely
show less than perfect form. Additionally, the
diameter of the circle will be slightly different
due to the change in form.
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.48
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
You should save your work to this point.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As. The Save As


dialog box appears.
2. Your folder Browse to your folder in \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type Construct.fcd.
4. Save Click Save.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.49
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 3: Dimension

Measure Construct Dimension


Report

The third part of the Basic Measurement Strategy is Dimension. A


dimension describes the relationship between two or more features, e.g.
the distance between or the angle between features. In CAM2 Measure,
dimensions are constructed features.

Lesson Objective
With the assistance of the Help file, you will be able to:

zz Use all of the functions within the Construct tab.


zz Determine why dimensions are needed.
zz Locate dimension data for evaluation.
zz Edit features used to create a dimension.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.51
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Types Of Dimensions
There are two types of dimensions available in CAM2 Measure: Length
and Angle.

Length Dimensions
Two of the most commonly used length dimensions are Point to Line
and Point to Point.

zz Point to Line calculates the relationship between a point and a


line.

zz Point to Point calculates the relationship between a point and a


point.
M e a s u r e m e n t

ACTIVITY: Opening A Saved File


1. File Open On the File tab, click Open.
2. My Documents In the Look In drop-down list, select My
Documents.
3. Select your Double-click on the CAM2 Measure 10 folder,
folder and then double-click your folder.
3 : B a s i c

4. Select Select Construct.fcd


Construct.fcd
5. Open Click Open.
M o d u l e

3.52
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Dimensioning A Length From Features
For this activity, you will obtain the length between two features, a point (Sphere A)
and a line (2D Line 1).

1. Length from On the Construct tab, in the Dimensions group,


Features click Length From Features. The Dimension
Length From Features dialog box appears.
2. Read the Help Click Help to view the help topic for the
command. Close the Help window.
Fill in the blanks:

The point-line length dimension is the ________________ distance


between the point and the line.

3. Enter name In the Name box, enter Point to Line.


4. Select Sphere A In the first feature list, select Sphere A - Actual.
and treat as Then in the treat as list, select Point.
Point
5. Select 2D Line 1 In the second feature list, select Line 1 - Actual.
and treat as Line Then in the treat as list, select Line.
6. Create Click Create to view the result.
You are
7. Close Click Close to close the dialog box. determining
8. View results In the Features list, select Point to Line and how to "treat"
open the Feature Information panel. Note the
the feature
length.
using feature

Length: _____________ reducibility.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.53
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Picking From Screen
As you can see, drop-down lists in dialog boxes can become very long.
You can also select a feature for a dialog box field by clicking the feature
in the Main window.

When you start a construction command, the dialog box always appears
in the middle of the screen. Use the mouse to drag it to one side. When
the field is selected, you can click any feature in the Main window. Try
this while completing the following activities.

ACTIVITY: Dimensioning A Length From Features


For this activity, you will obtain the length between two features, a point (Circle 1)
and another point (Circle 3).

1. Length from On the Construct tab, in the Dimensions group,


Features click Length From Features. The Dimension
Length From Features dialog box appears.
2. Enter name In the Name box, enter Point to Point.
3. Select Circle 1 In the first feature list, select Circle 1 - Actual.
and treat as Then in the treat as list, select Point.
Point
4. Select Circle 3 In the second feature list, select
and treat as Circle 3 - Actual. Then in the treat as list, select
Point Point.
5. Create Click Create to view the result.
6. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.
7. View results In the Features list, select Point to Point and
open the Feature Information panel. Note the
length.
M e a s u r e m e n t

Length: _____________
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.54
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Edit A Feature
Sometimes you will want to change the feature(s) you have selected to
create a dimension. Rather than reconstruct all of the feature selections,
select other features using an editing dialog box.

ACTIVITY: Editing A Dimension


For this activity, you will edit a dimension feature and use different features.

1. Select feature In the Features list, double-click Point to Point.


2. Edit Properties The Feature Properties dialog box appears.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3. Select Circle 5 Using the drop-down menu, replace
Circle 3 - Actual with Circle 5 - Actual.
4. Complete the Click Modify.
change
5. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.
6. View results In the Features list, select Point to Point and
open the Feature Information panel. Note the
length has changed as a reflection of the change
3 : B a s i c

in features selected.

Length: _____________
M o d u l e

3.55
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Angle Dimensions
Two of the most commonly used angle dimensions are Line to Line and
Apex.

zz Line to Line calculates the angular relationship between two


lines.

zz Apex calculates the angular relationship between two points with


a point-reducible feature as the apex.
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.56
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Dimensioning An Angle
For this activity, you will dimension an angle from features.

1. Dimension Angle On the Construct tab, click Angle From


From Features Features. The Dimension Angle From
Features dialog box appears.
2. Enter name In the Name box, enter Line to Line.
3. Two Features In the Construct by drop-down list, choose Two
option Features.
4. Select 2D Line 1 In the Feature 1 list, select Line 1 - Actual.
5. Select In the Feature 2 list, select
Constructed Constructed Line - Actual.
Line
6. Create Click Create to view the result.
7. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.

ACTIVITY: Dimensioning An Angle


For this activity, you will obtain the angle between Circle 1 and Circle 3 using Bolt
Circle as the apex.

1. Dimension Angle On the Construct tab, click Angle From


From Features Features. The Dimension Angle From
Features dialog box appears.
2. Read the Help Click Help to view the help topic for the
command. Close the Help window.
Fill in the blanks:

M e a s u r e m e n t
The angle dimension is constructed from the _______________
point

to the ________________ point,

using the _________________ point as the apex.


3. Enter name In the Name box, enter Apex.
4. Three Points In the Construct by drop-down list, choose
3 : B a s i c

option Three Points.


5. Select first point In the first Point list, select Circle 1 - Actual.
6. Select second In the second Point list, select Circle 3 - Actual.
point
M o d u l e

7. Select apex In the Apex list, select Bolt Circle - Actual.


8. Create Click Create to view the result.
9. Close Click Close to close the dialog box.

3.57
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
To make this information easily accessible, save a file with the data you have
collected.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As. The Save As


dialog box appears.
2. Your folder Browse to your folder in \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type Dimension.fcd.
4. Save Click Save.
M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.58
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 4: Report

Measure Construct Dimension


Report

Now that you have captured all of your data, the reporting function is an
easy way to select, display, and save your data.

Lesson Objective
With the assistance of the Help file, you will be able to:

zz Create standard reports.


zz Customize report content.
zz Save a report.
zz Locate and open saved reports.

Report Customizations
Some of the common report customizations you will use are:

zz Add or remove features

M e a s u r e m e n t
zz Add or remove a picture

zz Save a customized list of features

zz Choose a report style


3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.59
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
The Report Button
Access Reports using the Report button located in the Navigation
window. The Report window appears and the Active Report List
replaces the Features list. Notice that after clicking Report, only one
Home tab exists on the ribbon with reporting commands.

You can customize, export, or e-mail CAM2 Measure reports in a variety


of file types.

There are several actions which you can access using the Home tab:

! General Group:
M e a s u r e m e n t

zz Preferences command.

zz Edit the information in the Document Header. The Document


Header is located at the top of the report.

zz View and Print keyboard shortcuts.

zz Find text in the current report.

" Report List Group:


3 : B a s i c

zz Add Features to the report list.

zz Remove Features from the report list.

zz Choose, create, or delete a report list.


M o d u l e

zz Move the selected feature(s) up and down the report list.

3.60
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
# Layout Group:

zz Choose the report template in the Template drop-down.

zz Edit the current report template by selecting the Edit Layout


command.

zz Choose a report watermark by selecting the Choose Watermark


command.

”” Overlays an image, text, or both onto a report.

”” You can add text to be watermarked. You can also choose


the text direction, font, color, size, and bold or italic.

”” You can add a picture or graphic to be watermarked. Click


Load Image to browse for a picture file. Use the size mode,
horizontal and vertical alignment options to set the position
of the picture.

”” Both Text Watermark and Picture Watermark have a slider


bar that allows for the adjustment of the transparency of the
watermark.

”” Select or clear the Position radio buttons to position the


watermark in front or behind the report text.

”” Use Paper Range to select the pages on which the


watermark will appear.

zz Choose a report background or page color by selecting the


Choose Background command.

$ Zoom Group:

zz Hand Tool - Grabs the report and moves it in the window.

M e a s u r e m e n t
zz Zoom Tool - Zooms in or out.

zz Zoom Out - Zooms out each time you select the button.

zz Zoom In - Zooms in each time you select the button.

zz One Page - Shows one report page in the window.

zz Two Pages - Shows two report pages in the window,


3 : B a s i c

zz Page Width - Zooms to the width of the report page.

% Print Group:

zz Print - Print the report using the Windows Print dialog box.
M o d u l e

zz Quick Print - Print the report directly to the current printer.

3.61
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz Page Setup - Changes the paper size, margins, and whether the
printout will be in portrait or landscape.

& Export Group:

zz Create a file of the report by selecting:

”” Export Document - Saves the report in specific file formats.

”” Send via E-mail - Sends a report via e-mail in specific file


formats.

zz Create a data file of all the features.

Add Or Remove Features On A Report

## Automatically add
features to the In Report list
Use the Include Features command to add any feature to the report.
In the Add to Report dialog box, use the commands at the top to add
features to the report list.
by selecting features in the
Features list before clicking

##
the Report button.

Use the Auto Report


preference in the Report group
to control when the Report list
is automatically populated.
The default is once in a file.
M e a s u r e m e n t

Document Header Information


To create and add header information to a report, which appears as
Session Information:

zz On the Home tab, click Document Header.

zz On the Document Header Information dialog box, input


information into the Value fields.
3 : B a s i c

zz Clear any check boxes for fields that you do not want to include
on your report.
M o d u l e

3.62
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Picture Preview in A Report
The Report function takes a picture of what is currently showing on the
Main window when you click Report.

Save a Customized List Of Features


You can save your customized data list so you can recall the report you
created without having to recreate the customized list.

To do this, use the drop-down list in the Report List group.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.63
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating A Report With Customized Content
For this activity, you will create a report including custom content.

1. Open file On the File tab, click Open.


2. Select Browse to your folder and open Dimension.fcd.
Dimension.fcd
You
☛☛Before switching to the Report list, make
sure the view in the Main window is how you
can also use would like it to appear on the report. A good
the mouse way to zoom and orient the part is to use the
to change keyboard shortcuts. The E key resets the
zoom, I key zooms in, O key zooms out, 6
the view by
orients the part to a top view, and 7, 8, 9, 0
dragging with are the isometric views.
the left and 3. Report Window In the Navigation window, click Report.
right buttons 4. Rename the On the Report List group, highlight New List 1
and rotating report and type in My Report - All Holes. Press
the Enter key.
the wheel.
5. Add features to On the Home tab, click Include Features. In the
the report Add to Report dialog box, select the following
features:

zz Bolt Circle, Circle 1, Circle 3, Circle 5,


Circle 7.

☛☛Hold the Ctrl key and choose each


individual feature.

zz Click Add to add these features to the report.


6. Rearrange Select the Bolt Circle feature and use the Up
features in the arrow on the Report List group to move it to the
report list. top of the list.
M e a s u r e m e n t

☛☛You can also drag and drop the Bolt Circle to


the top of the report list.
7. Preview report Scroll through the report using the slider bar on
the right side of the report page.
8. View circle data Notice how the data for the circles is reported.
Once nominals have been entered, the report
displays deviation and whether the feature is
3 : B a s i c

in or out of tolerance. For more information on


nominals, see the Nominals and Tolerances
module.
M o d u l e

3.64
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
View Report Style Options
There are several available styles of reports: Simple, Tabular, and
others. When not using nominals, you may prefer a Simple style
report. When you use nominals, you may prefer a Tabular style report.
By auto-hiding or pinning the Feature Information panel, you can
scroll down and see the results of the inspection routine.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.65
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Save A Report
To save a report, click the Export drop-down button.

From the Export button drop-down list, you can save reports as PDF,
MHTML, Rich Text , Excel, CSV, or Plain Text).

Open A Saved Report


To open a saved report, double-click the file name in Windows Explorer.
M e a s u r e m e n t

E-mail A Report
To e-mail a report, click the Export drop-down button. From the E-mail
3 : B a s i c

button drop-down list, you can pick the format of the report. You can
e-mail reports in all of the available formats (PDF, MHTML, Rich Text ,
Excel, CSV, or Plain Text).
M o d u l e

3.66
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Changing The Report View Style
For this activity, you will change the layout of the report.

1. Report button Click Report.


2. Select report style In the Template drop-down box, select Tabular.
The report now shows the data in tabular view.

☛☛Go to page 2 of the report and select Simple to view the differences
between the report styles.

M e a s u r e m e n t
ACTIVITY: Saving A Report
For this activity, you will save the report.

1. Save report From the Export button drop-down list, select the
MHTML Document option.
2. Export options In the MHT Export Options dialog box, click OK
3 : B a s i c

(We will use the default setting for this activity).


3. Your folder Browse to your folder in \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\.
4. Enter name Save the report with the name My Report. If
prompted to overwrite the existing file, click Yes.
M o d u l e

3.67
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
5. Automatically When prompted “Do you want to open this file?”
open file click Yes. You can now view the file and close it
when done.
The file is now saved on the computer in the My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\[your name]\ folder.

ACTIVITY: Opening A Saved Report


For this activity, you will open a saved report.

1. Open My Click the Windows Start button, and click My


Computer Computer.
2. My Documents On the left side, in the Other Places section,
folder select My Documents.
3. Your folder In My Documents, double-click the
CAM2 Measure 10 folder, then double-click your
folder.
4. Open report Double-click My Report to open it.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


For this activity, you will save a CAM2 Measure file.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Using the drop-down menu, click My
Documents, click CAM2 Measure 10, then your
M e a s u r e m e n t

folder.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type in Report.fcd
4. Save Click Save.
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.68
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Create A New Report Template
The default report template shows FARO's company information at the
top of each report. You can create a customized report template with
your company information.

zz Select a report format from the Template drop-down in the Home


tab and click Edit Layout. This starts the DevExpress template
editor.

zz Select File, then Save As to save the template with a new name.
This ensures that you do not replace the default CAM2 Measure
report template.

zz Save the new template in the CAM2 Measure, Templates,


Reporting folder.

zz Edit the fields in the Report section of the editor.

zz Save the template.

ACTIVITY: Creating A New Report Template


For this activity, you will create a report template with your company information.

1. Edit Layout On the Home tab, click a report format and then
Edit Layout.

2. Save As On the File menu, click Save As.


3. Reporting folder Using the drop-down menu, click to this directory:

C:\Users\LOGIN NAME\AppData\Roaming\

M e a s u r e m e n t
CAM2 Measure\10.6\Templates\Reporting\
4. Enter name In the File name box, type [your name].
5. Save Click Save.
6. Edit the Report Type your company information in the report
fields fields.
7. Save Click Save.
3 : B a s i c

8. Close Report Close the Report Designer by clicking the X in


Designer the upper right corner.
To view your template, select your report template in the Edit Layout
drop-down box.
M o d u l e

3.69
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Feature Grouping
When you work with a large number of features, it can be helpful to
organize them using a Group Folder.

You can use these folders to report features in multiple coordinate


systems within the same report. You can assign a coordinate system,
coordinate system type, and unit of measurement for the contents of the
folder, and a unique screen view for the folder that appears in the report
just above the features.

ACTIVITY: Creating A Feature Group


For this activity, you will create a feature group folder, edit its properties, capture a
view, and review your current report template.

1. Features tab In the Navigation window, click Features to


return to the Main window.
2. Create a New Click the Folder button in the upper left corner of
Group Folder the Features list.
3. Name the Group Select the Group 1 folder, double-click and type
Circles for the name of the folder and press
Enter.
4. Move Group Move the Circles group up the list and drop it
under Cylinder 9.
5. Add Features Select the four circles (1,3,5,7) and drag them
onto the Circles folder.
6. Set Top View Press the 6 keyboard shortcut to set the top view.
Zoom In (I keyboard shortcut) and Pan (Arrow
keys) so that the four circles fill the Main window.
7. Set the Screen Select the Circles folder. Right-click and select
M e a s u r e m e n t

View Capture View Data from the menu.


8. Set the Screen Press the 8 keyboard shortcut to set the isometric
View view SW for the main picture in the report.
9. Review the Click Report to return to the Report window and
Report look at the updated report.
3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.70
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
10. Add features to On the Home tab, click Include Features. In the
the report Add to Report dialog box, select the following
feature:

zz Circles (Folder).

zz Click Add to add these features to the report.


11. Preview the Notice the addition of the screen view of the four
Report circles.
12. Save Report From the Export button drop-down list, select the
MHTML option.
13. Export options In the MHT Export Options dialog box, click OK
(We will use the default setting for this activity).
14. Your folder Browse to your folder in My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\.
15. Enter name Save the report with the name My Report 2. If
prompted to overwrite the existing file, click Yes.
16. Automatically When prompted “Do you want to open this file?”
open file click Yes. You can now view the file and close it
when done.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


For this activity, you will save a CAM2 Measure file.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Using the drop-down menu, click My
Documents, click CAM2 Measure, then your
folder.

M e a s u r e m e n t
3. Type file name In the File name box, type in Report 2.fcd
4. Save Click Save.

3 : B a s i c
M o d u l e

3.71
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 5: Review Activities
Objective: Apply The Basic Measurement Strategy
Complete each of the Review Activities. When you are finished, have your instructor review and initial
your work. If you have any questions, first refer to the previous modules, next use the Help tab. If
neither of these provide the information you need, ask the instructor.

ACTIVITY: Constructing A Point


zz Open a new file and measure the features you need to construct a point for each corner
of the demo part appropriately naming each: Back Right Corner, Back Left Corner,
Front Right Corner, and Front Left Corner.
Back Left Corner
Front Left Corner

Back Right Corner

Front Right Corner

ACTIVITY: Dimensioning Point To Point


zz Determine the length from the Front Right Corner to the Back Left Corner
of the demo part. Name it Length 1.
zz Determine the length from the Front Left Corner to the Back Right Corner

M e a s u r e m e n t
of the demo part. Name it Length 2.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


zz Save this file in your folder. Use your name as the filename (John Doe).

ACTIVITY: Adding A Report


3 : B a s i c

zz Add Length 1 and Length 2 to the Report section.


zz Export and save a PDF of the report. Name it My First Report.

ALL Activities Complete


M o d u l e

Instructor initials: _____________

Date: _____________

3.73
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

3.75
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 4:
Move Device

T he CAM2 Measure software and your measurement device give you many possibilities
for measuring parts. The Move Device function was designed with complete portability
in mind. You may not always have the same size part to measure; you may have to measure
a small part one day and a large part the next; or your device or your part may move in
between or during a measurement session. In this module, you will learn how to move your
measurement device and continue measuring.

Prerequisite: Basic Measurement.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Move the device and continue to measure a part.
zz Determine how many device positions are needed.
zz Determine appropriate locations for the device.
zz Verify the hardware setup.
zz Determine appropriate action to take when relocation results are not
within the required accuracy of the measurement job.

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions
Device Position Keyboard Shortcuts
Point reducible feature

XX LESSONS

D e v i c e
Lesson 1: Move Device������������������������������������������������������������������������ 4.7
Lesson 2: Move Device Using Circles����������������������������������������������� 4.13 M o v e
4 :
M o d u l e

4.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: M OVE DEVICE
Now we need to measure a bigger part. You are going to have to
move the FaroArm to get all of the measurements we need. If you
need help, try looking for the information in the CAM2 Measure
Help file or on FARO’s website.

I have measured from only one device position so far, and I have to move the
FaroArm to continue measuring my part. What are the things I need to think
about before I move the measurement device?

Strategy: Move Device


zz Before measuring, how do you determine the best positions for
the FaroArm?

zz Can you ensure a stable mounting at every device position?

zz How many device positions do you need?

zz Will you be able to reach all the features to be measured?

zz Which features will be re-measured from each device position?


D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.2
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Move Device
Move Device is a function that allows you to move the FaroArm around
the part while maintaining the working coordinate system.

When To Use Move Device


zz When portions of the part are beyond the FaroArm’s reach and
you cannot measure all features from one location, this function
enables you to move the FaroArm and measure the remainder of
the part.

zz You want to move the device if the relationship between the


part and the device changes. For example, the device or part
may move (bumping, etc.) or the part may experience change in
size due to change in temperature (temperature drift). In these

##
instances, you can use Move Device to quickly reposition the
device into a known orientation relative to the part.
Placement of

Move Device: Basic Concepts the device is important.


If possible, it is best to
zz You need a minimum of three points, or three “point-reducible”
features, to complete the Move Device function. This means you measure from only one

D e v i c e
can use points, circles, or spheres, or any combination. device position. Use the Move

☛☛All point-reducible features are valid except for cones, the Device command only when

tips of which are difficult to accurately reproduce in tactile necessary.


metrology.
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz The three features you choose to measure cannot lay in a
straight line. There must be some spacing between the features;
think triangle.

zz The features you choose should encompass at least 75% of the


part. For example, if your part is 48 x 22 x 18 inches, features
that encompass only 5 x 5 x 5 inches of the part are not an ideal
choice.

zz The area local to those points will mathematically fit well, but
the locations of any features you measure far away from the
relocation points will have a greater uncertainty. The right edge of
the part is also not a point-reducible feature.
D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
##
zz For the demonstration part, these features are one set that would
be appropriate.
While the minimum

3
set for moving a device

1 is three point-reducible

4 features, for best results use


four or more features that are
2
not in the same plane.

Feature Window
Monitoring the Relationship Between the Part and the Device

The Feature window shows a Digital ReadOut (DRO) of a specific


feature you choose. The DRO in this window shows you where the
feature is compared to where the probe is at that time. You can use the
feature’s DRO to detect changes in the position of the part relative to the
measurement device.

This is accomplished as follows:

zz On the Features list, click a sphere or point you have measured.


## Use the Feature
window frequently during

zz On the View tab, click Show Feature Window. The Feature a measurement session
window appears. to check for movement,
especially when working
When you place the probe at the point location or on the sphere’s
surface, the values in the window will be “0”. from a tripod.

D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
It is good practice to periodically place the probe at the point location or
on the sphere’s surface If the values are not “0”, it means the relative
position of the feature/part to the device has changed.
D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.6
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 1: Move Device
You can only use point features in the Move Device Position wizard.
This command has an Automatic and a Manual mode:

zz In Automatic mode you can remeasure the features in any order,


but at least one of the features must not coplanar with the others.

zz In Manual mode you must remeasure the features in the selected


order.

The Move Device Position wizard looks at all the measured point
features in your file and determines if Automatic mode is available.

Lesson Objective
In this lesson, you will move your FaroArm to continue measuring. This
means you will be able to:

zz Check the position of a feature.


zz Move the FaroArm.
zz Remeasure point reducible features.
zz Analyze the measurement error.
zz Continue measuring in the new device position.

D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
PRE-ACTIVITY:
Option 1 Option 2
If training files are available If starting with a new file
Open Report.fcd Open a new file
Add and measure:

zz Point 1
zz Point 2
zz Point 3
zz Point 4
zz Point 5 (T1,T2)
zz Circle 2
zz Circle 4
zz Circle 6
zz Circle 8
D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating A Move Device Position
For this activity, you will remeasure the part from another device position using
simple point features.

1. Open the Report. On the File tab, click Open.


fcd file
From your folder, open Report.fcd.
2. Show the On the Features list, click Point 1.
Feature window
for Point 1 On the View tab, click Show Feature Window.

☛☛or press the D keyboard shortcut.


If prompted to apply probe compensation, click
No.

D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
3. Verify the Point 1 Look in the Feature window for Point 1 by
measurement moving the probe to that location.
”” Has the relationship between the device and the part
changed?

”” Keep in mind that Point 1 was measured earlier. At that time,


the values were “0”.

”” If the values have not changed, move either the part or


device slightly and re-check the Feature window for Point
1 again. Notice that the values are no longer “0” , and it
is now necessary to realign the device and part. Whether
the relationship between the part and the device changes
intentionally or unintentionally, the process for realigning the
device to the part is the same.
4. Start the Move On the Device tab, click Move Device.
Device wizard

☛☛or press the M keyboard shortcut.


5. Automatic mode Click Automatic, then Next.
D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
6. Remeasure all Remeasure Points 1 through 5 with a single
features reading, which allows CAM2 Measure to re-
position the device.

☛☛Try to remeasure the points in the correct


order (i.e. when the software prompts you to
measure Point 1, make sure it is Point 1 you
are measuring). However, CAM2 Measure
will correct an improper measuring order.

7. Review the Move Look at the Maximum Error of the fit of the five
Device error points. Click Finish.

8. Verify the Point 1 On the Features list, click Point 1, and open
measurement the Feature window again. Look at the values
for Point 1 by moving the probe to that location.
Notice that the values are “0”.

D e v i c e
9. Verify other points In the Feature window click Lock to Feature
(pin). Move the probe to the other three point
locations. Notice that the values are “0”.
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
For this activity, you will save a CAM2 Measure file.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Using the drop-down menu, click My
Documents, CAM2 Measure 10, then double-
click your folder.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type
Move Device 1.fcd.
4. Save Click Save.

Review The Device Positions


If you just need to review and edit existing device positions, use the
Device > Device Manager command. The Device > Move Device
command (Move Device wizard) automatically adds a new device
position.
D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.12
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: Move Device Using Circles
Use the Device Manager to create a new device position and
remeasure points and other point-reducible features. You must
remeasure the features and any necessary projection planes in order.

Lesson Objective
In this lesson, you will move your FaroArm to continue measuring. This
means you will be able to:

zz Move the FaroArm.


zz Remeasure point reducible features in the selected order.
zz Analyze the measurement error.
zz Continue measuring in the new device position.

Projection Plane
When you move the device using 2D point-reducible features (Circles,
Slots, etc.), you must remeasure their projection plane. Always refer
to the Measurement panel to verify the feature you are currently
measuring.

D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
PRE-ACTIVITY:
Option 1 Option 2
If training files are available If starting with a new file
Open Move Device.fcd Open a new file
Add and measure:

zz Point 1
zz Point 2
zz Point 3
zz Point 4
zz Circle 2
zz Circle 4
zz Circle 6
zz Circle 8

ACTIVITY: Creating A Device Position With Circles


For this activity, you will remeasure the part from another device position using
circle features.

1. Measure zz On the Quick Access toolbar, select


Circles 2,4,6,8 Plane 1 - Actual as the current projection
plane.

zz On the Measure tab, click Circle and


measure Circle 2, 4, 6, and 8.
Keyboard
2. Move the device Either move the device or the part to another
Shortcuts or part location.
F10:
Measure Circle 3. Device Manager On the Devices tab, click Manage Devices.
D e v i c e

4. New Device In the Device Manager dialog box:


Position
zz Choose your device.
zz Click New Position.
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.14
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
5. Select On the Features list, Choose Circle 2, Circle 4,
Circles 2,4,6,8 Circle 6, and Circle 8.

In the Device Manager dialog box, click Add


Features.

6. Remeasure In the Device Manager dialog box, click


Circles 2,4,6,8 Remeasure All. Remeasure Plane 1 and
Circles 2,4,6,and 8.

☛☛Device Positions require that the entire 2D


feature is remeasured which includes the
projection plane of the 2D feature.
7. Solve the device In the Device Manager dialog box, click Solve.
position Notice the Error group of the Device Manager
dialog box.

☛☛Remeasure any circles with a large error and


click Solve. D e v i c e
Click Close.
8. Verify the Point 1 On the Features list, click Point 1, and open
4 : M o v e

measurement the Feature window again. Look at the values


for Point 1 by moving the probe to that location.
Notice that the values are “0”.
9. Verify other points In the Feature window click Lock to Feature
(pin). Move the probe to the other three point
M o d u l e

locations. Notice that the values are “0”.

4.15
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
For this activity, you will save a CAM2 Measure file.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Using the drop-down menu, click My
Documents, CAM2 Measure, then double-click
your folder.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type
Move Device 2.fcd.
4. Save Click Save.
D e v i c e
4 : M o v e
M o d u l e

4.16
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

4.17
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 5:
Coordinate Systems

S o far, you have learned the basic strategy to follow when performing a measurement job:
Measure, Construct, Dimension, and Report. You have also learned about some of
the environmental and compensation considerations when you measure.

Now, we will cover creating coordinate systems. Using the features that you construct, a
coordinate system gives your measurements a framework for defining location. Using the
appropriate coordinate system as you measure parts plays a critical role in the interpretation
of the data. Creating coordinate systems on a part requires analyzing the part and determining
where the coordinate system or systems should originate. In this module, we will also
determine the best features with which to create your coordinate system.

Prerequisite: Basic Measurement.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Identify at least two reasons for creating coordinate systems.
zz Identify the effect on the data of the chosen primary axis for the
coordinate system.
zz Identify the attributes of a repeatable coordinate system.
zz Recognize the impact of feature selection on the data.
zz Create a coordinate system using any of three techniques.

KEY TERMS

S y s t e m s
See Appendix III for definitions
Axis Coordinate System
Keyboard Shortcuts Right Hand Rule

C o o r d i n a t e
XX LESSONS
Lesson 1: Coordinate Systems������������������������������������������������������������ 5.7
Lesson 2: Advanced Coordinate Systems����������������������������������������� 5.13
5 :
M o d u l e

5.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: ADDING COORDINATE VALUES
The boss says, “The report is great. Thanks for your hard work; the
customer will be pleased with how quickly we provided the data.
Can we add coordinate values?”

I need a coordinate system on my part to provide a framework for my


measurements. Where should I position my X, Y, and Z axes? Do I need more
than one coordinate system for reference?

Strategy: Coordinate Systems


zz What are the dimensions, lengths, and feature positions of the
part that I need to report?

zz Where is the most logical placement for the coordinate system?

zz Which features do I need to measure and/or construct to create


the coordinate system?

zz Are multiple coordinate systems required?

What Is A Coordinate System?


A coordinate system is a frame of reference that allows you to find
the unique position of a point in a plane or in space, and to see the
relationship between two or more points in space.
S y s t e m s

Why Use A Coordinate System?


Placing a part into a coordinate system enables you to:

zz Effectively report measured features – with a unique position


5 : C o o r d i n a t e

identified for each point and feature, your report can very
clearly and specifically describe the locations of features and
dimensions of the part.

zz Establish a reference for all part measurements – alignment


of the data on the part to the same reference points in a blueprint
or CAD file enables straightforward comparisons between feature
measurements and nominals.
M o d u l e

zz Accurately report the condition of a part – the boss, or


someone else analyzing your measurement file may not have
access to the physical part.

5.2
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Think of a three dimensional coordinate system as a three dimensional
map:

E
W

S
Imagine that you want to give someone directions from the train station
to the 3rd floor of the tall building in the map above.

If you add three dimensional coordinates to the map, you can use those
coordinates to describe how many streets to go in the “X” direction (4);
then how many streets to go in the “Y” direction (3); and finally and how
many floors to go up in the “Z” direction (3).

z
N

S y s t e m s
W

x
y
4
5

3
4

5 : C o o r d i n a t e
3

2
2

1
1

Right-Hand Rule

Cartesian coordinates describe the position of points in space relative


to three mutually perpendicular axes X, Y, & Z. The intersection of these
M o d u l e

axes form the origin, or zero of the system.

Each axis emanates from the origin according to the right-hand rule.
The right-hand rule defines the positive direction of each axis, such that

5.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
when the hand is positioned according to the figure below, the + Z points
along the thumb, the + X axis points along the index finger, and the + Y
axis points along the middle finger.

☛☛CAM2 Measure does not support left-hand rule coordinate systems.


Feature Selection
The accuracy of the measurements you take in your coordinate system
relies heavily on the consistent accuracy of the machined features you
use to define your coordinate system.

For repeatability, look for the following when selecting features to define
your coordinate system:

zz Surfaces that have a smooth finish – These provide the most


consistent repeatable measurements.

zz Features critical to part machining – These generally will be


S y s t e m s

more carefully controlled than those not critical to machining and


therefore will be consistent.

zz Features that are relatively large compared to the part size.

zz Features that have a low measured Form value.


5 : C o o r d i n a t e

Define A Coordinate System Using 3-2-1


You can define coordinate systems in a variety of ways. The simplest
is the 3-2-1 or Plane-Line-Point method. 3-2-1 describes the minimum
number of points that you use to define the base features of a coordinate
system – a Plane (3 points), a Line (2 points) and a Point (1 point).

Standard construction diagrams of plane, line and point showing how


M o d u l e

they create a coordinate system:

5.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Plane

Line

Point
(Center point of the Circle)

+Y

+Z

S y s t e m s
+Y

+X

+X

5 : C o o r d i n a t e
M o d u l e

5.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 1: Coordinate Systems
Creating coordinate systems on a part requires analyzing the part and
determining where the coordinate system(s) should originate. Let’s
begin by creating a simple coordinate system using existing measured
features.

Lesson Objective
With the assistance of the Help file, you will be able to use the Create
Coordinate System command to create a coordinate system using
existing measured features. This means you will be able to:

zz Identify at least two reasons for creating coordinate systems.


zz Identify the effect on the data of the chosen primary axis for the
coordinate system.
zz Identify the attributes of a repeatable coordinate system.

PRE-ACTIVITY:
Option 1 Option 2
If training files are available If starting with a new file
Open Advanced 1.fcd Open a new file
Measure all features. Add and measure/construct:

zz Plane 1
zz 2D Line 1 (across the front of
the part on the handle side)

S y s t e m s
zz Circle 1
zz Circle 3
zz Circle 5
zz Circle 7
zz Cylinder 9
zz Sphere A 5 : C o o r d i n a t e
zz Bolt Circle
zz Intersection Point (of Plane 1
and Cylinder 9)
M o d u l e

5.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating A Coordinate System
For this activity, you will construct a coordinate system using 3-2-1 (plane, line,
point).

1. Create coordinate On the Alignments tab, click Create.


system
☛☛
or press the C keyboard shortcut.
2. Dialog box The Construct Coordinate System Using The
Wizard dialog box appears.
3. Enter feature In the Name box, enter 3-2-1.
name
4. Basic tab Click the Basic tab.
5. Choose a plane In the Plane Feature list, select Plane 1 - Actual.
for +Z In the Axis list, select +Z.
6. Choose a line for In the Line Feature list, select Line 1 - Actual. In
+X the Axis list, select +X.
You have now selected what will be the Z and X axes of your parts
coordinate system.
7. Choose a circle In the Point Feature list, select
for the origin Bolt Circle - Actual.
This identifies your origin, or the point where your X, Y, and Z will all be
“0”.
S y s t e m s
5 : C o o r d i n a t e
M o d u l e

5.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
8. Align with World Select the Align with box. On the Align with list,
select World.
☛☛ This aligns the coordinate system you are creating on the part with
coordinate system of the device. From now on, any measurements
you take will use the part coordinate system as a reference.

9. OK Click OK.

S y s t e m s
5 : C o o r d i n a t e
M o d u l e

5.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Open the Quick Launch toolbar, and notice the Active Coordinate
System drop-down. Your coordinate system, 3-2-1, now shows in the
drop-down list and replaces World as the active coordinate system.
When you work with multiple coordinate systems, this is where you will
control which coordinate system is active.

If necessary, set the Isometric SW View and Reset Zoom to see your
complete file by pressing the 8 and E keyboard shortcuts. These
commands are also available in the View tab.
S y s t e m s

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


For this activity, you will save a CAM2 Measure file.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As. The Save As


5 : C o o r d i n a t e

dialog box appears.


2. Your folder Browse to your folder in \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type
Coordinate Systems 1.
4. Save Click Save.
5. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.
M o d u l e

5.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Viewing The Report
For this activity, you will view a report.

1. Report button In the Navigation window, click Report.


2. Choose report list On the Report List group, select My Report
from the drop-down list.

☛☛Or, click Include Features and add the five


circles to the Report.
3. View report Observe the feature data on the report. The X, Y,
and Z values are now relative to the coordinate
system origin you created for the part.
4. Main window In the Navigation window, click Features to
return to the Main window.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


Save the QuickTools program updates to your file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save to update your


Coordinate Systems 1.fcd file.
2. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

S y s t e m s
5 : C o o r d i n a t e
M o d u l e

5.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: Advanced Coordinate
Systems
Sometimes your part coordinate system is not defined simply as a plane,
a line, and a point. The Create Coordinate System dialog box has an
Advanced tab to allows you to create a coordinate system other than
the 3-2-1.

Lesson Objective
Continue using the Create Coordinate System command to create
different coordinate systems using existing measured features. This means
you will be able to:

zz Create other type of coordinate system that do not use the basic
plane, line, and point.
zz Review and evaluate measurement quality and edit data.

Create A Coordinate System


Using a Line as Primary

If the longest, most important feature on your part is a line, you can use
the Line as Primary option for creating your part coordinate system.
As you choose
features for each of these
coordinate systems, you

S y s t e m s
can see the difference
between the Measured and
Constructed features by the
geometry symbol to the left
of the feature name. 5 : C o o r d i n a t e
M o d u l e

5.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating A Coordinate System Using A Line As
Primary
For this activity, you will construct a coordinate system using a Line as Primary.

##
Keyboard
1. Create coordinate On the Alignments tab, click Create.
system
Shortcuts
C: 2. Dialog box The Construct Coordinate System Using The
Create Wizard dialog box appears.
Coordinate
System 3. Enter feature In the Name box, enter Line as Primary.
name
4. Advanced tab Click the Advanced tab.
5. Choose a line for In the Primary section, select the Line button. In
+Z the first feature list, select Cylinder 9 - Actual. In
the Axis list, select +Z.
6. Choose a line for In the Secondary section, select the Line button.
+X In the first feature list, select Line 1 - Actual. In
the Axis list, select +X.
7. Choose a point In the Origin section feature list, select
for the origin Circle 3 - Actual.
8. Align with World Clear the Align with box.
9. OK Click OK.
S y s t e m s
5 : C o o r d i n a t e
M o d u l e

5.14
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Viewing The Report
For this activity, you will view a report.

1. Report button In the Navigation window, click Report.


2. Choose report list On the Report List group, select My Report
from the drop-down list.
3. View report Observe the feature data on the report. The X, Y,
Z values have changed because your coordinate
system has changed.
Z
Y

Z
Y

Z Z
X Z Y
Y
Y
X X
X

4. Features button In the Navigation window, click Features.

Create A Coordinate System (Origin Options)


Origin Options

There are several origin options when creating a coordinate system.

zz Hold Position - the coordinate system is at the center of the


feature.

S y s t e m s
zz Hold to Primary - the coordinate system is at the closest point on
the primary feature from the origin feature.

zz Hold to Secondary - the coordinate system is at the closest point


on the secondary feature from the origin feature. 5 : C o o r d i n a t e
zz Hold to Key-In - the coordinate system corresponds to the
location (primary, secondary and origin) keyed-in.
M o d u l e

5.15
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating A Coordinate System (Origin Options)
For this activity, you will construct a coordinate system using different origin options.

1. Create coordinate On the Alignments tab, click Create.


system
Keyboard
Shortcuts 2. Dialog box The Construct Coordinate System Using The
C: Wizard dialog box appears.
Create 3. Enter feature In the Name box, enter Origins.
Coordinate
System name
4. Advanced tab Click the Advanced tab.
5. Primary In the Primary section, select the Plane button.
Select Plane 1  Actual. In the Axis list, select
+Z.
6. Secondary In the Secondary section, select the Line button.
Select 2D Line 1 - Actual. In the Axis list, select
+Y.
7. Choose origin In the Origin section feature list, select
Sphere A - Actual. Select Hold Position. Clear
the Align with box.
8. OK Click OK.
You now have a coordinate system with the origin at the center of the
sphere. Now, let’s modify the origin.

9. Origins On the Features list, select Origins, double-click


properties to edit the feature properties.
10. Choose origin Select Hold to Primary.
11. Modify Click Modify and move the window so you
can see the coordinate system location on the
screen.
S y s t e m s

You now have a coordinate system with the origin at the closest point on
the plane to the sphere. Press Keyboard shortcut 6 for a top view. Now,
let’s modify the origin again.
12. Choose origin Select Hold to Secondary.
5 : C o o r d i n a t e

13. Modify Click Modify and then Close.


You now have a coordinate system with the origin at the line.
M o d u l e

5.16
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Viewing The Report
For this activity, you will view a report.

1. Report button In the Navigation window, click Report.


2. Choose report list On the Report List group, select My Report
from the drop-down list.
3. View report Observe the feature data on the report.
4. Features button In the Navigation window, click Features.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


For this activity, you will save a CAM2 Measure file.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Using the drop-down menu, click My
Documents, CAM2 Measure 10, then double-
click your folder.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type
Coordinate Systems 2.fcd
4. Save Click Save.
5. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

S y s t e m s
5 : C o o r d i n a t e
M o d u l e

5.17
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

5.19
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 6:
Nominals and Tolerances

Y ou have just created a coordinate system. Now, you will learn how to compare your part’s
actual measurements to the design specifications.

Prerequisite: Coordinate Systems.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Incorporate nominals and tolerances into the measurement process and
report any variances.
zz Identify the appropriate XYZ values of the nominals.
zz Identify the change in tolerance due to feature size or decimal places.
zz Change and save tolerance options.
zz Use alternative reporting options.
zz Use alternative nominal association and automatic feature construction
workflow.

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions

To l e r a n c e s
3D Distance Form
Keyboard Shortcuts Nominal
Out Of Tolerance (OOT) Tolerance
X, Y, Z

XX LESSONS

a n d
Lesson 1: Nominals and Tolerances������������������������������������������������ 6.5
Lesson 2: An Alternative Workflow������������������������������������������������� 6.13 N o m i n a l s
6 :
M o d u l e

6.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: N OMINALS AND TOLERANCES
You gave the report to your boss and he says, “ This looks great,
but how does this compare to the customer ’s blueprint?” How can
I tell if the part is manufactured according to the specifications on
the blueprint?

I now have to add nominals and tolerances in order to compare actual


measurements with design specifications. How can I incorporate nominals and
tolerances into my measurement and reporting process?

Strategy: Nominals And Tolerances


zz What are the best methods for entering nominals and tolerances
for this part?

zz How will nominals and tolerances help me report the data?

Definitions
Nominals are the designed, or perfect, values of the part. The numbers
specified on a blueprint are nominal values.

Tolerances are the acceptable difference between the actual measured


To l e r a n c e s

value and the nominal value of a feature.

You determine the quality of a part by comparing your actual values to


the nominal values within a tolerance range.

The Feature Information Panel


a n d

The Feature Information panel displays nominal (or target) values,


actual values, and variations for a variety of positional and statistical
elements. Key values are:
6 : N o m i n a l s

zz X, Y, Z

zz 3D Distance

zz Diameter

zz Form (GD&T tolerance)


M o d u l e

The OOT (Out of Tolerance) column indicates whether the feature


measured is within acceptable tolerance limits.

6.2
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz Pass (1) and the color green indicate that the feature is within
tolerance.

zz A number (2) (indicating how much out of tolerance the value


is) and a red or blue color indicates how much the value is out
of tolerance. If the feature is out of tolerance on the high side (3)
the color is red; if the feature is out of tolerance on the low side
(4) the color is blue.

Nominals: Circle Example


Prior to entering nominals, it is necessary to select the appropriate
coordinate system for referencing the nominals.

There are three nominals that you can key-in for a circle:

Center: A positional element defining the location of


the circle relative to the coordinate system;
Normal: The orientation of the circle relative to the
coordinate system; and
Diameter: The size of the circle.

To l e r a n c e s
a n d
6 : N o m i n a l s
M o d u l e

6.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
☛☛You can type a value in any unit and CAM2 Measure will convert the
value to the default unit value. For example, the measurement file’s
unit of measurement is millimeters but the diameter is 10 inches.
Type 10 in and CAM2 Measure will automatically convert the value
to 254 millimeters.
To l e r a n c e s
a n d
6 : N o m i n a l s
M o d u l e

6.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 1: Nominals and Tolerances
Typically, you add nominals and adjust tolerances according to values
identified on a print or similar design specification. Let’s begin by looking
at the print of the demo part and adding the appropriate values to the
features.

Lesson Objective
You will be able to use the Feature Information panel to add nominals and
set tolerances to existing features. This means you will be able to:

zz Add nominal values to existing features.


zz Adjust upper and lower tolerances.
zz Copy and paste tolerances to other features.

PRE-ACTIVITY:
Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
If continuing from the If your device or part If starting with a new
previous module with setup has changed file
no device or part setup
changes
Open Open Advanced 1.fcd Open a new file
Coordinate Systems 1.fcd

To l e r a n c e s
Measure: Add and measure/
construct:
zz Plane 1
zz Circle 1 zz Plane 1
zz Circle 3 zz Circle 1
zz Circle 5 zz Circle 3
zz Circle 7 zz Circle 5
zz Circle 7

a n d
Create Coordinate zz Bolt Circle
Systems 1.fcd from
ACTIVITY: Create Create Coordinate
6 : N o m i n a l s

Coordinate System Systems 1.fcd from


in the Coordinate ACTIVITY: Create
Systems module. Coordinate System
in the Coordinate
Systems module.
M o d u l e

6.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Entering Nominal Data
For this activity, you will select a coordinate system and key in Nominals.

1. Highlight Circle 1 On the Features list, click Circle 1.


2. Expand Feature To the left of the feature name, click the right
arrow to expand Circle 1. You now see the actual
and nominal features of Circle 1. Notice that the
nominal feature is gray because it does not exist
yet.
3. Open the Feature Click the Feature Information tab.
Information
panel
4. Key In nominals Click in each cell, enter the value, and press the
for Circle 1 Enter key:

zz In the Center x Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm.

zz In the Center y Nominal cell, enter 70.00mm.

zz In the Center z Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm.

zz In the Diameter Nominal cell, enter


20.00mm.
To l e r a n c e s
a n d
6 : N o m i n a l s

5. Highlight Circle 3 On the Features list, click Circle 3.


M o d u l e

6.6
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
6. Key In nominals Click in each cell, enter the value, and press the
for Circle 3 Enter key:
zz In the Center x Nominal cell, enter 70.00mm.

zz In the Center y Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm.

zz In the Center z Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm.

zz In the Diameter Nominal cell, enter


20.00mm.
7. Highlight Circle 5 On the Features list, click Circle 5.
8. Key In nominals Click in each cell, enter the value, and press the
for Circle 5 Enter key:
zz In the Center x Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm.

zz In the Center y Nominal cell, enter


-70.00mm.

zz In the Center z Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm.

zz In the Diameter Nominal cell, enter


20.00mm.
9. Highlight Circle 7 On the Features list, click Circle 7.
10. Key In nominals Click in each cell, enter the value, and press the
for Circle 7 Enter key:
zz In the Center x Nominal cell, enter
-70.00mm.

zz In the Center y Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm.

To l e r a n c e s
zz In the Center z Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm.

zz In the Diameter Nominal cell, enter


20.00mm.
You have just keyed in the nominals for the four circles that you used to
construct the bolt circle in an earlier exercise. Now, you will key in the
nominals for the Bolt Circle you created in the earlier exercise.

a n d
11. Highlight On the Features list, click Bolt Circle.
Bolt Circle 6 : N o m i n a l s
12. Key In nominals Click in each cell, enter the value, and press the
for Bolt Circle Enter key:
zz In the Center x Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm

zz In the Center y Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm.

zz In the Center z Nominal cell, enter 0.00mm


M o d u l e

zz In the Diameter Nominal cell, enter


140.00mm.

6.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Change Default Tolerances Settings
The Out of Tolerance (OOT) values you see are the result of default
tolerances. You can manually change these tolerances or they can be
set prior to taking any measurement.

zz On the File tab, click Preferences, and then click Tolerance and
Geometries tab.

ACTIVITY: Changing The Default Tolerance Settings


For this activity, you will change tolerance settings in the Feature Information
panel.

1. Highlight the On the Features list, click Bolt Circle.


Bolt Circle
2. Open the Feature Click the Feature Information tab.
Information
panel
3. Enter an Upper On the Feature Information panel’s Circularity
Tolerance of row, enter .00001 in the Up Tol column, and
.00001 press Enter.
Notice that the cell in the OOT column is displaying a color and a
number. Since you set the tolerance limit very low, the value is beyond
the tolerance limit. The color red indicates that the form value is higher
than the tolerance you specified and the number indicates how far the
value is out of form tolerance.
4. Change the In the Circularity row, in the Up Tol column,
To l e r a n c e s

Upper Tolerance enter .5 and press Enter.


to .5
Notice that the cell in the OOT column is displaying the color green and
the word Pass. Since you set the tolerance limit very high, the value is
well within the tolerance limits.
a n d
6 : N o m i n a l s

Setting Tolerances in a Measurement File

## Save time by
setting the feature tolerances
The default tolerances for each feature type are a preference in the
measurement file. On the Home tab, use the Preferences command to
change tolerance values for future features or apply a set of tolerances
before adding any features to to all existing features. CAM2 Measure also supports DIN/ISO tolerance
the measurement file. schemes.
M o d u l e

6.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
You can also use the Copy Tolerances and Paste Tolerances
commands on the Home tab to copy tolerances from a feature and
paste to another similar feature; e.g., modify the tolerances of a
circle, copy, and paste to other circles in your drawing file. The Copy
Tolerances and Paste Tolerances commands are available on a
shortcut menu if you right-click a feature in the Features list.

ACTIVITY: Editing And Copying Tolerances


For this activity, you will change tolerances for a feature and copy them to other
similar features.

1. Edit the Select Circle 1 in the Features list.


tolerances of a
circle zz In the Feature Information panel, clear the
center.z checkbox.

zz Edit the center.x, and center.y tolerances as


follows:

❐❐ Lower Tolerance -0.30 mm.

❐❐ Upper Tolerance +0.30 mm.

zz Edit the Diameter tolerances as follows:

❐❐ Lower Tolerance -0.10 mm.

❐❐ Upper Tolerance +0.25 mm.

Now you can copy the tolerances to the other three circles.

To l e r a n c e s
2. Copy the Select Circle 1 in the Features list.
Tolerances
Right-click and select Copy Tolerances.
3. Paste the Select Circle 3 in the Features list.
Tolerances
Right-click and select Paste Tolerances.

a n d
If prompted to copy the GD&T tolerances, click You
No. can mulit-
4. Paste to Repeat the Paste Tolerances command for
6 : N o m i n a l s
select both
remaining circles circles 5 and 7.
circles and
paste once.
M o d u l e

6.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
You should save your work to this point.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As. The Save As


dialog box appears.
2. Your folder Browse to your folder in /My Documents/
CAM2 Measure 10\.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type Nominals 1.fcd.
4. Save Click Save.
5. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

ACTIVITY: Viewing The Report


For this activity, you will view a report.

1. Report button In the Navigation window, click Report.


2. Choose report list On the Report List group, select My Report
from the drop-down list.

☛☛If you started this module with a new file,


create a new Report list and add the five
circles.
3. Tabular format On the Layout group, select Tabular from the
drop-down list.
4. View report Use the scroll bar or the commands in the
To l e r a n c e s

navigation and zoom groups to view each page


of the report, and see the feature data for each
circle. Notice the new nominal data and the Out
of Tolerance (OTT) values.
5. Features button In the Navigation window, click Features to
return to the Main window.
a n d
6 : N o m i n a l s
M o d u l e

6.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
Save the QuickTools program updates to your file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save to update your


Nominals 1.fcd file.

To l e r a n c e s
a n d
6 : N o m i n a l s
M o d u l e

6.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: An Alternative Workflow
In the previous activities, you added nominal values to existing
measured features. However, you can also set up the measurement
file with all of the nominal features before connecting the measurement
device. Then use the Add Measurement function to create measured
(actual) features from the existing nominal features.

Lesson Objective
You will be able to use the Feature Information panel to add nominals and
set tolerances to existing features. This means you will be able to:

zz Create nominal features.


zz Add measurement features to the nominal features and add
reading to the measurement features.

PRE-ACTIVITY:
Option 1 Option 2
If your device or part setup has If starting with a new file
changed
Open Advanced 3.fcd Open a new file
In Template Mode:

To l e r a n c e s
zz Add the following nominal
features using the Key-In tab:
zz Circle 1 (0, 70, 0)
zz Circle 3 (70, 0, 0)
zz Circle 5 (0, -70, 0)
zz Circle 7 (-70, 0, 0)

a n d
zz Construct the nominal Bolt
Circle using Circles 1,3,5,7.
6 : N o m i n a l s
zz Add the following actual
features using the Measure
tab:
zz Plane 1
zz Line 1
zz Circle 9

zz Create a Coordinate System


M o d u l e

using Plane 1, Line 1, and


Circle 9.

6.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Adding Measurements To Nominals
For this activity, you will add a measurement to the nominal bolt circle which
automatically creates and associates a measured feature to each nominal circle.

1. Add readings Select Plane 1, Line 1 and Circle 9 in the


to coordinate Features list. On the Quick Launch toolbar,
system features select Add Readings.

☛☛You can also right-click the selected features


and select Add Readings from the shortcut
menu.
2. Measure the Watch the prompt area of the Measurement
features panel for instructions to measure the plane, line
and circle.
3. Set the View Reset Zoom and set an isometric SE view by
pressing the E and 7 keyboard shortcuts.
4. Add a Select Bolt Circle in the Features list. Right-
measurement to click the selected features and select Add
the Bolt Circle Measurement from the shortcut menu.
Add Measurement automatically adds actual features to all of the
nominal features that construct the Bolt Circle. Each of the four circles
(1,3,5,7) now has an actual feature associated to its nominal, and the
Add Readings command automatically starts.
5. Measure each Watch the prompt area of the Measurement
circle panel for instructions to measure each of the four
circles.
To l e r a n c e s

Now that each of the circles has solved, the Bolt Circle solves.

6. Review results Select the Bolt Circle and look at the results in
the Feature Information panel.

Select other circles and review the results of the


measurement.
a n d

Change tolerance settings for any of the circles


as you did earlier in this module.
6 : N o m i n a l s
M o d u l e

6.14
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
You should save your work to this point.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As. The Save As


dialog box appears.
2. Your folder Browse to your folder in \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type Nominals 2.fcd.
4. Save Click Save.

To l e r a n c e s
a n d
6 : N o m i n a l s
M o d u l e

6.15
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

6.17
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 7:
Review Activities

C omplete each of the Review Activities. When you are finished, have your instructor review
and initial your work. If you have any questions, first refer to the previous modules, next
use the Help file. If neither of these provide the information you need, ask your instructor.

Prerequisite: Basic Measurement, Coordinate Systems, Nominals and Tolerances.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Demonstrate ability to use the Measure and Construct tabs, the Report
section of the Navigation window, add nominals, set tolerances, identify
variations between nominals and actual measurements, and create and
configure a final report.

A c t i v i t i e s
R e v i e w
7 :
M o d u l e

7.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Final Review Activities
ACTIVITY: Coordinate System
zz Open a new file (make sure mm is the current measurement unit).

zz Create the coordinate system in the figure below. Measure the features needed and align to
the part. (Hint: Pay attention to the origin location and direction of the ‘x’ axis).

C P3 8 2 P4 D
9
10 x
11 F 7 12

A B
P1 6 4 P2

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


zz Save this file in your folder. Use your name as the filename and add the number 2 (John Doe

A c t i v i t i e s
2).

ACTIVITY: Measure, Nominals, Tolerances, And Constructions


zz Measure and then enter the following nominals for circles 1, 3, 5, and 7:

☛☛You can also add the nominals first, and then add measurements to the nominals.
7 : R e v i e w

1 = “0,70,0”; Diameter = “20mm”

3 = “70,0,0”; Diameter = “20mm”

5 = “0,-70,0”; Diameter = “20mm”


M o d u l e

7 = “-70,0,0”; Diameter = “20mm”

zz Clear the center.z tolerance.

7.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz Enter a ± tolerance of .30 mm for the center.x and center.y tolerance

zz Enter a ± tolerance of -0.10 mm and +0.25 mm for the Diameter.

zz Create a bolt hole circle using circles 1, 3, 5, and 7.

zz The Bolt Hole Circle diameter nominal is 140 mm.

zz Bolt Hole Circle Diameter = ________________mm.

zz Bolt Hole Form = _____________mm.

zz Are the form and diameter within tolerance? How do you know?

ACTIVITY: Constructions And Tolerances


zz Construct a circle at the intersection of Cone E and the top plane of the part.

zz The circle diameter nominal is 29.99 mm.

zz Enter a ± tolerance of .25 mm.

zz Circle Diameter = _________________mm.

zz Is it in tolerance? How do you know?

ACTIVITY: Dimensions
zz Dimension the angle between circles 1, 5, and 7 using 5 as the apex.

zz Angle = ___________________degrees.

ACTIVITY: Reports
zz View the report.

zz Report all elements measured and constructed above.


A c t i v i t i e s

zz Save the report as a PDF titled “Final Review Activities” in your folder.

ALL Activities Complete


Instructor Initials: _____________
7 : R e v i e w

Date: _____________
M o d u l e

7.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

7.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 8:
Working with CAD

I n this module, you will become familiar with using a CAD file as nominal data for your part
inspection.

Prerequisite: Lesson 1 - none. Lesson 2 - Basic Measurement, Coordinate Systems, and


Nominals and Tolerances.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Identify the translatable CAD model file formats.
zz Import a CAD model.
zz Prepare a CAD model for easy use in inspection.
zz Define nominal features and surfaces from the CAD.
zz Complete a CAD to Part measurement of the part.

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions
CAD Keyboard Shortcuts
Nominal Feature

XX LESSONS
Lesson 1: CAD ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 9.3

C A D
Lesson 2: Measure ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� 9.9

w i t h
W o r k i n g
8 :
M o d u l e

8.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: WORKING WITH CAD
The boss says, “These results are great, but it has taken a lot of time to
key-in all of the nominal information for the features. We need to measure
a bigger part and we need the results quickly. You are going to have to
import and prepare a CAD model to use in the inspection process. This
is going to reduce the inspection time and get the results to the customer
more quickly.”

“I have the CAD model. What are the things I need to think about before
beginning the inspection process? Is the model ready for use in the inspection
process? If not, what steps do I have to perform in order to use the CAD
model?”

Strategy: Working With CAD


zz How do you decide if you should use CAD?

zz What is the file format of the CAD?

zz Can I get the CAD into a translatable file format?

zz Have I prepared the CAD to be inspected?

The workflow improves and inspection time is reduced by having the


nominal information for each feature already calculated in the CAD
file. The nominal information is extracted from the CAD model and
automatically associated to the measured feature. Eliminating the need
C A D

to manually key-in information increases operator productivity and


reduces the risk of error.
w i t h
8 : W o r k i n g
M o d u l e

8.2
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 1: CAD
The use of a CAD model can help decrease inspection time and reduce
error, making the inspection process easier and more accurate.

Lesson Objective
In this lesson, you will be able automatically add nominal features to your
measurement file with a CAD file . This means you will be able to:

zz Import a CAD model.


zz Prepare a CAD model for easy use in inspection.
zz Define nominal features and surfaces from the CAD.

Types of CAD Files


There are three types of CAD data: wireframe, surface, and solid.

Wireframe - These entities define the outline of a part. They can include
points, circles, arcs, lines, polylines and splines. A polyline is a group
of line segments stitched together to approximate a curve. A spline is a
simple curve.

Surface - A surface is used to define the outer boundary of a part.


Surfaces are typically used for complex curved parts such as automotive
and aerospace sheet metal parts. Surfaces are very popular for creating
cutting paths for CNC cutting tools.

Solid - A solid model is also used to define the outer boundary of a part,
but solids have a thickness or mass. Solid modeling is popular for the
design of a variety of parts. Many CAD systems start with a solid model

C A D
then create the 2D drawings and 3D surfaces from the solid.

Standard CAD Data File Formats

w i t h
CAM2 Measure is built with the Parasolid file format (*.x_t). You should
always try to export from your CAD system to this file format.
8 : W o r k i n g

If the Parasolid file format is not available, the following CAD data file
formats are included with CAM2 Measure:

IGES - IGES (Initial Graphics Exchange Standard) was created to


standardize data transfer between different CAD systems. IGES
works very well for surface and wireframe entities, but not for text
and dimensions.
M o d u l e

VDA - VDA is similar to IGES in that it is a standard used to


translate data between different CAD systems. VDA is particularly
prevalent in Europe.

8.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Translators for other CAD data file formats are available and must be
purchased from FARO.

Which Type of CAD Data to Use

zz When inspecting only simple features, use a wireframe CAD


model.

zz When inspecting surfaces, use a solid or surface CAD model.

zz When the part is complex and/or has many surfaces and features
that need to be inspected, use a solid or surface CAD model.

Using CAD with CAM2 Measure

CAM2 Measure translates a CAD file into a Parasolid (.x_t) file format


that can be imported to a CAM2 Measure measurement file using the
following methods:

1. CAM2 Measure automatically translates and adds most CAD files


using the Open command on the File tab.

2. Translating multiple CAD files with CAM2 Measure is a two-step


process:

zz First, translate the CAD file using the Translate CAD command
on the File tab.

zz Once translated, add the file using the File > Import/Export >
Import CAD command.

Currently, this is the only method to translate SolidWorks files.

☛☛If the features on the CAD are not drawn appropriately for inspection,
they need to be constructed and relabeled before importing into
CAM2 Measure.

☛☛Whenever possible, prepare nominals before measurement. This


C A D

results in a smoother and easier workflow for the end operator by


saving time (use of a prepared CAD model) and eliminating the
possibility of entering an incorrect nominal values (use of Pick from
w i t h

CAD nominal vs. Key-In nominal).


8 : W o r k i n g
M o d u l e

8.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Importing A CAD File
For this activity, you will import a translated CAD file.

1. New file On the File tab, click New.


2. Import CAD On the File tab, click Import/Export, then select Keyboard
CAD from the Import column. Shortcuts
☛☛You can also click Import CAD on the Home Ctrl + N:
New File
tab.
3. Select file In the Open dialog box,
browse to the \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10 Training Files\ folder and
select Demo Part Q.x_t. Click Open.
4. Change view On the View tab, in the 3D View group, click
mode Shading Mode and choose a mode.

zz Repeat this command to see the CAD model


in the other modes.

☛☛You can also press the S keyboard


shortcut to switch the modes.

Defining Nominal Features From CAD


Defining nominals prior to inspection can decrease inspection time. So
far, you have had to type each nominal value using the keyboard. Now,
you will use the Pick from CAD commands and add all of the nominal
values with a simple mouse click.

Multiple Features at the Same Location

C A D
Sometimes when you select a CAD part, there are multiple features that
Measure can create. When this occurs, you will see a shortcut menu
appear on the screen. Choose the correct feature from the shortcut

w i t h
menu.

Incomplete Features
8 : W o r k i n g

Features on the CAD model may not be drawn appropriately for


inspection. For example, some drafters and CAD programs will use
two arcs and two lines to define a round slot. Because the nominal
geometry is not a slot, the nominal will not automatically associate to the
measured round slot. In order to auto-associate the nominal slot to the
measured slot, we need to first create a nominal round slot on the CAD
M o d u l e

geometry.

When you use the Pick from CAD commands to select a feature and
Measure does not find a complete feature, you can continue to click on

8.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
other areas to define the complete feature. For example, you will click
three points on two arcs to define the nominal circle.

Feature Direction (Vector)

Another issue with nominal CAD features is the direction of the feature.
You will mostly see this with plane and line features when you use
them to define an axis of the coordinate system. Look at the direction
arrowhead of each nominal feature and use the Flip Vector command
to reverse the direction. You will find this command in the Home tab or in
the shortcut menu when you right-click a feature.

ACTIVITY: Defining Nominal Features From CAD


For this activity, you will pick features from the Demo Part Q.x_t CAD file. Use the
map of the training part to determine the locations of the features.

1. Pick from CAD On the Pick from CAD tab, click Automatic.
Plane Move the pointer around the part and notice how
different features highlight. Click the top surface
of the part.

☛☛Look at the direction arrowhead of the


nominal plane feature. Is it pointing up? If
not, right-click the feature and choose Flip
Vector.
C A D
w i t h
8 : W o r k i n g
M o d u l e

8.6
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
2. Pick from CAD Move the pointer and select the front edge of the
Line part. Try to select the line in the top left corner of
the part. Measure finds multiple features on this
CAD part. Choose Line from the shortcut menu.

☛☛Look at the direction arrowhead of the


nominal line feature. Is it pointing from the left
to the right? If not, right-click the feature and
choose Flip Vector.
3. Pick from CAD Move the pointer and select the edge of Circle 9.
Circle 9
4. Rename features On the Features list, right click on Plane 1 and
select Rename. Backspace and rename the
feature as Top.

Repeat and rename:


Line 1 - Front
Circle 1 - Origin
5. Pick from CAD On the Pick from CAD tab, click Automatic.
Round Slot Move the pointer to any edge of the round slot.
Click the edge of the round slot.

☛☛If necessary, choose the round slot button


from the shortcut menu.

C A D
w i t h
8 : W o r k i n g

6. Rename round On the Features list, right click on Round Slot 1


slot feature and select Rename. Backspace and rename the
M o d u l e

feature as Round Slot F. Press Enter.

8.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
7. Pick from CAD Click the edge of Circle 1 through Circle 8.
Circle 1 through
Circle 8
8. Pick from CAD Choose the plane for Circle 10.
Plane
9. Pick from CAD Choose the edge of Circle 10.
Notice that
Circle
the next available
10. Pick from CAD Choose the plane for Circle 11.
automatic feature Plane
name is Circle 9, 11. Pick from CAD Choose the edge of Circle 11.
so you will need Circle
to rename each 12. Pick from CAD Choose the plane for Circle 12.
Plane
of these circle ☛☛Press the 7 key to rotate the view to the
features. Southeast Isometric view of the part.
13. Pick from CAD Choose the edge of Circle 12.
Circle
☛☛Press the 8 key to rotate the view back to the
Southwest Isometric of the part.
14. Exit selection On the Pick From CAD tab, in the Features
mode group, click Automatic.

☛☛You can also click Automatic in the lower


right corner of the screen to exit the selection
mode.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


Save the CAD file that you have prepared for inspection:
C A D

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Browse to your folder and in the File name box,
w i t h

type Working with CAD Lesson 1.fcd.


3. Save Click Save.
4. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.
8 : W o r k i n g
M o d u l e

8.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: Measure
Now that you have prepared the CAD for measurement, CAM2 Measure
has one simple command to add a measurement to each nominal CAD
feature in your file. The type of measurement command is automatically
matched to the nominal feature type.

Lesson Objective
In this lesson, you will be complete a CAD to Part measurement of the part.
This means you will be able to:

zz Add measurements to the CAD part.


zz Create an Alignment of the measurements to the CAD part.
zz Create constructions.
zz Report the measurement of the part.

Adding Measurements
The Add Measurements command is only available in the shortcut
menu in the Features list. Select a feature, or group of features, and
right-click to see the Add Measurements command.

Measure or Template Mode

If your FaroArm is connected and you are in Measure mode, the


Add Measurements command adds the measurement feature and
automatically starts the Add Readings command.

If you are in Template mode, the Add Measurements command just


adds the measurement feature.

C A D
w i t h
8 : W o r k i n g
M o d u l e

8.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Measuring The Part
For this activity, you will add measurements to the existing nominal features
and use the existing measured features to construction additional features.

1. Select Nominal On the Features list, click Top.


Features
Then hold the Shift key and click Origin to select
the group of features.
2. Add Right-click and choose Add Measurement. If
Measurements you are currently in Measure mode, measure
these features.

☛☛The XYZ positional data will not be correct because there is no


alignment. Only look at the Form and Diameter results until you
C A D

create an alignment later in this lesson.


3. Select Nominal On the Features list, click Rectangular Slot F.
w i t h

Features Then hold the Shift key and click Circle 8 to


select the group of features.
4. Add Right-click and choose Add Measurement. If
8 : W o r k i n g

Measurements you are currently in Measure mode, measure


these features.
5. Select Nominal On the Features list, click Plane 1 and Circle 10.
Features
6. Add Right-click and choose Add Measurement. If
Measurements you are currently in Measure mode, measure
M o d u l e

these features.

8.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
7. Select Nominal On the Features list, click Plane 2 and Circle 11.
Features
8. Add Right-click and choose Add Measurement. If
Measurements you are currently in Measure mode, measure
these features.
9. Select Nominal On the Features list, click Plane 3 and Circle 12.
Features
10. Add Right-click and choose Add Measurement. If
Measurements you are currently in Measure mode, measure
these features.

ACTIVITY: Creating A Coordinate System/Alignment


For this activity, you will create a Coordinate System Alignment to the CAD
part.

1. Create coordinate On the Alignments tab, click Create.


system
Keyboard
2. Enter feature In the Name box, enter 3-2-1. Shortcuts
name C:
3. Basic tab Click the Basic tab. Create
Coordinate
4. Choose a plane In the Plane Feature list, select Top. In the Axis System
for +Z list, select +Z.
5. Choose a line for In the Line Feature list, select Front. In the Axis
+X list, select +X.
6. Choose a circle In the Point Feature list, select Origin.
for the origin
7. Align with World Select the Align with box. On the Align with list,

C A D
select World.
This aligns the coordinate system you are creating on the part with
coordinate system of the CAD file. From now on, any measurements you

w i t h
take will use the part coordinate system as a reference.
8. Remeasure On the Features list, click each circle and notice
8 : W o r k i n g

features all of the results. If necessary you can select a


feature, right-click and choose Remeasure.
M o d u l e

8.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating Constructions
Now you will use all of these measured features to construct features, angles,
and lengths of the part.

1. Create Bolt On the Constructions tab, click Circle and then


Circle By Best fit.
2. Circles 1-8 In the Name box, enter Bolt Circle.

Choose Circle 1 - Actual through Circle 8 - Actual


to construct the Bole Hole pattern. Click Create
and then Close.

☛☛Notice that a nominal is also created from the


nominals of each circle.
3. Create a Length On the Constructions tab, click
dimension Length From Features.
4. Circle 11 to Choose Circle 11 - Actual in the first drop-down
Move
Circle 12 list and Circle 12 - Actual in the second drop-
the dialog box down list. Click Create and then Close.
to the side 5. Create an Angle On the Constructions tab, click
and pick the dimension Angle From Features.
features from 6. Three Points In the Construct by drop-down list, choose
the screen.
construction Three Points.
7. Circle 2 to 4 Choose Circle 2 in the first drop-down list,
through Origin Circle 4 in the second drop-down list, and Origin
in the third drop-down list. Click Create.
8. Circle 4 to 6 Choose Circle 4 in the first drop-down list,
through Origin Circle 6 in the second drop-down list, and Origin
in the third drop-down list. Click Create.
9. Circle 6 to 8 Choose Circle 6 in the first drop-down list,
through Origin Circle 8 in the second drop-down list, and Origin
in the third drop-down list. Click Create.
C A D

10. Circle 8 to 2 Choose Circle 8 in the first drop-down list,


through Origin Circle 2 in the second drop-down list, and Origin
w i t h

in the third drop-down list. Click Create. Click


Close.
11. Hide Label On the Features list, select Angle 4, right-click
8 : W o r k i n g

and choose Label to hide the on-screen label.


M o d u l e

8.12
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
Save the CAD file that you have prepared for inspection:

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Browse to your folder and in the File name box,
type Working with CAD Lesson 2.fcd.
3. Save Click Save.
4. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

ACTIVITY: Report The Results


For this activity, you will create and format an inspection report of the part.

1. Main window Before switching to the Report list, make sure


view for the report the view in the Main window is how you would
like it to appear on the report. A good way to
zoom and orient the part is to use the keyboard
shortcuts. The E key resets the zoom, I key
zooms in, O key zooms out, 6 orients the part to
a top view, and 7, 8, 9, 0 are the isometric views.

Show on-screen labels by selecting a feature,


right-clicking and choosing Label Style and then
Detailed. Choose the last six features in your file.
2. Report tab In the Navigation window, click Report.
3. Add features to On the Report List group, click Include
the report Features. In the Add to Report dialog box, click
Select All in the upper left corner and then click
Add.

C A D
4. Remove features On the Report list, click the World and 3-2-1
from the report features and click Exclude Features.

☛☛You can also press the Delete key.


5. Reorder the Select a feature and click Up and Down to move w i t h
features the features up and down the list. Place the Bolt
8 : W o r k i n g

Circle, Length, and Angle features at the top of


the report.

☛☛You can also drag and drop a feature in the


list.
6. Tabular report In the Layout group, choose Tabular from the
format list.
M o d u l e

7. Document In the Display group, choose Document


Header Header. Enter your information in each field.
Click OK.

8.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
8. Preview the Use the scroll bar to move up and down the
Report report and look at each page.

☛☛Click Auto Hide in the Feature Information


panel to get more vertical space to preview
the report.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


Save the reporting updates to your file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save to update your


Working with CAD Lesson 2.fcd file.
C A D
w i t h
8 : W o r k i n g
M o d u l e

8.14
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

8.15
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 9:
GD&T

I n this module, you will become familiar with reporting your part using the Geometric
Dimensioning and Tolerancing (GD&T) system.

Prerequisite: Basic Measurement, Coordinate Systems, Nominals and Tolerances, Working with
CAD, Surface Measurement for Inspection (For Lesson 2).

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Assign Datums and use them in specific GD&T tolerances.
zz Apply GD&T tolerances to check a part.
zz Edit features to only report GD&T tolerance results.
zz Create a measurement report with GD&T tolerance results.

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions
Angularity Circularity
Conicity Concentricity
Cylindricity Datum
Flatness Form
GD&T Parallelism
Perpendicularity Profile
Sphericity Straightness
Total Runout True Position

XX LESSONS
Lesson 1: Simple Measurements��������������������������������������������������������� 9.5
Lesson 2: Complex Measurements��������������������������������������������������� 9.29
G D & T
9 :
M o d u l e

9.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: GD&T
The boss says, “I need you to do a first article inspection on this part. We
need to finish our part inspection by the end of the day if we are going
to meet our delivery schedule. Here is the blueprint… get to work.” You
return to your workstation, look at the blueprint and notice that the design
engineer has used GD&T to dimension and tolerance the part.

I have measured many parts with my FaroArm and CAM2 Measure using


rectangular tolerances. How can I inspect the part and report in the GD&T
system?

GD&T in CAM2 Measure
Similar to the Report mode, CAM2 Measure’s GD&T mode allows
you to add GD&T tolerances to each feature in order to compare part

##
measurements to one or more Datum(s) and ensure that specific design
and tolerance requirements are being met.
Multiple datums
are often referred to as a GD&T tolerances, such as Orientation, Runout, and Position, require
Datum Scheme.
a datum, or a theoretically exact plane or line (axis) from which a
dimensional measurement is made. Form GD&T tolerances do not
require a datum because they use simple geometry for comparison.

##
Profile can be used to represent Form, Orientation, Runout, or Position,
so datums will depend on the particular application.
CAM2 Measure
also supports Composite Some GD&T tolerances are only applicable to certain features;
Datums.
therefore, the GD&T tab only shows the available tolerances for a
selected feature. The CAM2 Measure help file details the steps to add
GD&T tolerances to any feature.

☛☛Always measured features with more than the minimum number of


readings for the feature type and spread these reading across the
boundary of the feature. For more information see “Percentage Of
Measured Feature Vs. Total Feature Size” on page 3.15.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.2
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
When you add GD&T tolerances to features, other tolerance values are
usually not necessary. In the Feature Information panel, you can clear
(or not use) any unwanted tolerance value.

Datum Alignment

There is a specific alignment command for GD&T tolerancing, the Datum


Alignment. Use this type of alignment when it is important to prioritize
## You should always
use a CAD file for nominals
the fit (primary, secondary, tertiary) to three previously assigned planar
or linear datum features. Datum alignments support the same Datum when creating a Datum
Reference Frame alignments as those created in GD&T mode, some Alignment.
of which are not possible using a Three Feature or Coordinate System
alignment.

You will need to assign a Datum to each feature in the alignment before
starting the commend. Datums are indicated on the part drawing and are
usually combined with other GD&T tolerances:

.50 .50 100


A B [3.94]
.50 A
A Datum B Datum C
9 : G D & T

C Datum
Each Datum feature requires a nominal, this is easily done by selecting
from a CAD model.
M o d u l e

The Datum Alignment solves as:

zz The primary feature moves exactly to its nominal. There will be no


alignment error between this actual and nominal feature.

9.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz The secondary feature moves as close to its nominal without moving
the primary feature. There may be some alignment error between
this actual and nominal feature.

zz The tertiary feature moves as close to its nominal without moving


the primary of secondary features. Most of the alignment error is
between this actual and nominal feature.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 1: Simple Measurements
We will start with simple features on the FARO Demo part, and identify
all of the GD&T dimensions on the print.

Lesson Objective
In this lesson you will be able to identify the GD&T dimensions on the print,
measure simple features on your part, and use the GD&T mode to create a
view with GD&T callouts. This means you will be able to:

zz Import a CAD file of the part.


zz Pick nominal features for each datum.
zz Measure the datum features and assign a Datum to each feature.
zz Measure the remaining features and add GD&T tolerances to each
feature.
zz Create and save a GD&T view.
zz Add the GD&T tolerances to a report.

ACTIVITY: Set Preferences


For this activity, you will set preferences for the measurement session.

1. New file On the File tab, click New.


2. Preferences On the Home tab, click Preferences. Keyboard
3. Auto Nominal In the Preferences dialog box, choose Shortcuts
preference Measurement group and then the Auto nominal Ctrl + N:
New File
tab.

zz Select the Automatically associate nominal


check box. Enter the following values:

zz Orientation - 5°
zz Position - 10%
zz Size - 10%
4. Save to Default Click Save to Default.
5. Exit Click OK.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Importing A CAD File
For this activity, you will import a translated CAD file of the part to your
measurement file. Nominal information for the part will now be automatically
extracted from the CAD file as you align and continue to measure.

1. Import CAD On the File tab, click Import/Export, then select


☛☛You can CAD from the Import column.
also click
Import 2. Select file In the Open dialog box,
CAD on browse to the \My Documents\
the Home CAM2 Measure 10 Training Files\ folder and
tab. select Demo Part Q.x_t. Click Open.

ACTIVITY: Creating Nominal Datums


For this activity, you will pick the nominal features from the CAD file for the three
datum features.

1. Pick from CAD On the Pick from CAD tab, click Automatic.
Plane Move the pointer around the part and notice how
different features highlight. Click the top surface
of the part.

☛☛Look at the direction arrowhead of the


nominal plane feature. Is it pointing up? If
not, right-click the feature and choose Flip
Vector.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.6
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
2. Pick from CAD On the Pick from CAD tab, click Automatic.
Line Move the pointer around the part and notice how
different features highlight. Click the front edge of
the part.
3. Pick from CAD Move the pointer and select the face of
Cylinder 9 Cylinder 9.
4. Rename features On the Features list, right click on Plane 1 and
select Rename. Backspace and rename the
feature as Top.

Repeat and rename:


Line 1 - Front
Cylinder 9 - Origin

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


For this activity, you will save your work in the measurement file.

1. Save As In the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Browse to your folder and in the File name box,
type GD&T Lesson 1.fcd.
3. Save Click Save.
4. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.
This is some

ACTIVITY: Measure The Datums


For this activity, you will measure the features on the part that define the three
datums.

1. Select Nominal On the Features list, click Top.


Features
Then hold the Shift key and click Origin to select
the group of features.
2. Add Right-click and choose Add Measurement. If
Measurements you are currently in Measure mode, measure
9 : G D & T

these features.

☛☛If you are not in Measure mode, right-click the


selection and choose Add Readings.
3. Measure a plane Measure the top of the part with at least seven
M o d u l e

readings.

9.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Measure a line Measure the edge across the front of the part
with at least five readings.
5. Measure a Measure Cylinder 9 with at least seven readings.
cylinder

Coordinate Systems And The Alignment


So far in this training class, you have created a coordinate system
and the alignment to nominal features was automatic. The Datum
Alignment uses measured and nominal features and “fits” them together.
In later modules we will cover the details about creating other types
of alignments, but for now, you will create an alignment specifically
designed to use with the GD&T tolerancing system.

GD&T on the Print


5 4 3 2 1

65 20
[2.56] [.787]

D .50 167 .50 B D


B [6.575]
130
50 [5.118]
[1.969] 50
20 [1.969]
9
15 65
[.591] 25 [.787] 20
[2.559]
[.984] 15 [.787]
25 15 [
[.591] 15 20
[.984] [.591] [.591] [.787]

30
50 [[1.181]
65
[1.969]
C [2.559] C

265
160 [10.433]
[6.299]
4X 5
240
[.197]
[9.449]
170
255 [6.693] 300
[10.04] [11.811]

50
[1.969]
150
.50 C
[5.906]
B B

100
40
[3.94] 50
[1.575]
.50 A [1.969]
C
60 15 25
[2.362] 15 [.591] [.984]
[.591] EQ. SP. ON A .50
15 8X 20 [0.787] +0.25 A
30 -0.10 140 [5.512] BC
[.591]
[1.181] 30 Ø 1.0 M A B C
[1.181]
15° Ø 0.25 M A
A THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS A
THIS DRAWING AND ALL THE INFORMATION THERIN ARE IN MILLIMETERS TOLERANCES ARE:
IS THE PROPERTY OF FARO TECHNOLOGIES, X .X .XX .XXX ANGLE
INCORPORATED. THIS DRAWING IS CONFIDENTIAL ±0.25 ±0.1 ±0.05 ±0.01 ±1°
AND MAY NOT BE MADE PUBLIC OR REPRODUCED
WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF FARO THREADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH HANDBOOK 28
9 : G D & T

SECTION B-B TECHNOLOGIES, INCORPORATED. THIS DRAWING


IS LOANED SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON DEMAND
63 FINSH REQUIRED INTERPRET DRAWING PER DOD-STD-100
AND ASME Y14.5. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
AND SHALL NOT BE USED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TITLE
IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF
FARO TECHNOLOGIES INCORPORATED. BASE, DEMO FIXTURE
03FRM049-REV 1
5 4 3 2 1

Here is the print showing the GD&T dimensions. The first step is always
to identify Datums. On this print there are three - A,B, and C. The
M o d u l e

Datum features are:

9.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
.50 .50 100
A B [3.94]
.50 A
The top of the The front edge C
part of the part
The large bore
in the center of
the part

ACTIVITY: Creating Datum Labels


For this activity, you will assign datum labels to each of the datum features from the
CAD part and establish datums for use in GD&T calculations.

.50 .50 100


A B [3.94]
.50 A
C

1. GD&T mode On the Home tab, click GD&T Mode.


##
can also
You

right-click any

2. Add Features On the GD&T tab, in the General group, click feature in the
Include Features. Feature list and
select GD&T
Mode.

zz In the Include Features dialog box, click


Select All in the upper left corner.

zz Click Add.
3. Reset View On the View tab, in the Zoom group, click Reset
Zoom.
9 : G D & T

☛☛You can also press the E keyboard shortcut.


M o d u l e

9.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
## You
can also type
4. Assign Datum to
Top
Assign Datum letters to each feature:

zz On the Features list, select Top.


the Datum
zz Choose A from the Letter drop-down list.

letter in the
drop-down list
and then click
zz In the Datum group, click Planar.
the Planar or
Linear button. ☛☛Notice that Datum label is added to the
Main window.

##
5. Scale GD&T On the GD&T tab, in the Labels group, click
labels Reset Scale. Drag the label to any position
To around the part.
remove a 6. Assign Datum to zz On the Features list, select Front.
Datum, select Front zz Choose B from the Letter drop-down list.

the feature and


click the Planar
or Linear button
9 : G D & T

zz In the Datum group, click Linear.


again.
M o d u l e

9.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
7. Assign Datum to zz On the Features list, select Origin.
Origin zz Choose C from the Letter drop-down list.

zz In the Datum group, click Linear.


8. Exit GD&T mode On the GD&T tab, click Close GD&T Mode.

ACTIVITY: Creating A Datum Alignment


For this activity, you will construct a Datum Alignment using the three measured
datums.

1. Create coordinate
system
On the Alignments tab, click Datum.
##
Keyboard
2. Dialog box The Alignments dialog box appears. Shortcuts
3. Enter feature In the Name box, enter Datum. A:
name Alignments

4. Choose a Primary In the Primary Datum drop-down list, select


Datum Top - Actual.
5. Choose a In the Secondary Datum drop-down list, select
Secondary Datum Front - Actual.
6. Choose a Tertiary In the Tertiary Datum drop-down list, select
Datum Origin - Actual.
7. Solve Click Apply/Solve.
8. Close Click Close.
If necessary, set the Isometric SW View and Reset Zoom to see your
complete file by pressing the 8 and E keyboard shortcuts. These
commands are also available in the View tab. 9 : G D & T

Without CAD

CAD is not necessary to create the Datum alignment, but each datum
feature must have nominal values. If you do not have a CAD model
M o d u l e

for nominal values, you must enter the nominal values for each datum
including position, orientation, and size. Nominal values are necessary
so the measured features can move to the nominal features during the
alignment.

9.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Continue Measuring The Part
For this activity, you will measure more features on the part.

1. Change On the Quick Launch toolbar, in the Active


projection plane Plane drop-down box, choose Top - Actual.
2. Measure a 2D On the Measure tab, click 2D Line. Measure the
line edge across the back of the part with at least five
Keyboard
readings. Cancel the 2D Line command.
Shortcuts
F4: 3. Rename the line In the Features list, select the feature name and
Measure Line type Back.
F10:
Measure Circle 4. Measure a circle On the Measure tab, click Circle. Measure
Circle 1 through 9 with at least seven readings
each. Cancel the Circle command.
As you complete the measurement of each circle, look at the Feature
Information panel and notice the nominal information for each circle
automatically adding to your measurement file.
5. Measure a On the Measure tab, click Cylinder. Measure
cylinder Cylinder 10 with at least seven readings. Cancel
the Cylinder command.
6. Rename the In the Features list, select the feature name and
cylinder type Cylinder 10.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


For this activity, you will save your work in the measurement file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save.


2. Your folder This updates your GD&T Lesson 1.fcd file.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.12
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Reviewing The GD&T Tolerances Help Topics
For this activity, you will review the GD&T tolerancing information contained in the
CAM2 Measure help file.

1. Open the In the upper right corner of the screen, click


CAM2 Measure Help.
Help file
OR

On the File tab, click Help. Select the


CAM2 Measure Help link to open the help file.

OR

Press the F1 keyboard shortcut.


2. GD&T On the Contents tab of the help file, double-click
Tolerances topic the GD&T topic.
3. Review GD&T Review the GD&T topic. To review the next topic,
Tolerances click Next (>) at the top of the screen, or select
another topic from the menu tree in the Contents
tab.

Notice the feature type in the first step of each


topic, and whether a datum is required.
4. Close the Click Close (X) in the upper right corner of the
CAM2 Measure CAM2 Measure Help file.
Help file.

ACTIVITY: Form Tolerancing


For this activity, you will add GD&T form tolerances to the datums, and review and
customize the label options.

1. Show Feature On the View tab, in the Labels group, click Show
Labels All.
9 : G D & T

☛☛Notice the Datum symbols in each feature


label.
2. Select Feature On the Features list, select Top.
3. Hide tolerances On the Feature Information panel, clear the
M o d u l e

check boxes in the first column for every value


except Flatness.

9.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Flatness On the Feature Information panel, change the
Tolerance Flatness tolerance. Click on the Up Tol and
change the Upper Tolerance to 0.500.
5. Select Feature On the Features list, select Front.
6. Hide tolerances On the Feature Information panel, clear the
check boxes in the first column for every value
except Flatness.
7. Flatness On the Feature Information panel, change the
Tolerance Flatness tolerance. Click on the Up Tol and
change the Upper Tolerance to 0.500.
8. Select Feature On the Features list, select Origin.
9. Hide tolerances On the Feature Information panel, clear the
check boxes in the first column for every value
except Diameter and Circularity.
Clear the Show Only Selected check box to see all of the feature
parameters.
10. Diameter On the Feature Information panel, change the
Tolerance Diameter tolerances:

zz Click on the Low Tol and change the Lower


Tolerance to -0.250.

zz Click on the Up Tol and change the Upper


Tolerance to 0.250.
11. Cylindricity On the Feature Information panel, change the
Tolerance Cylindricity tolerance. Click on the Up Tol and
change the Upper Tolerance to 0.020.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.14
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Setting the GD&T View
For this activity, you will set the GD&T view to match the drawing and adjust the
Datum control frames.

1. GD&T mode
2. Add Features
On the Home tab, click GD&T Mode.
On the GD&T tab, in the General group, click
##
You can also
Include Features.
right-click any
feature in the
Feature list and

zz In the Include Features dialog box, click select GD&T


Select All in the upper left corner. Mode.

zz Click Add.
3. Reset the View On the GD&T tab, in the View group, click Reset.

4. Set Top View On the View tab, in the Preset Views group,
click +Z/-Z to set the top view.

☛☛Click it again if it’s the view of the bottom of


the part. Datum B should be on the left.
5. Rotate the View On the GD&T tab, in the View group:

zz Click 2D Rotation

zz Click Rotate 90° Clockwise


6. Front facing On the GD&T tab, in the Label group, click Front
labels Facing.
7. Change Label On the GD&T tab, in the View group, click Level
style of Detail and choose Full Detail from the drop-
down list.
8. Adjust/ Arrange Drag the labels to different positions around the
Labels part to match the print. Use the commands in the
GD&T tab, in the View group:

zz 100% scale.
9 : G D & T

zz Increase or decrease the font size in the label


by clicking the other two commands in the
View group.
M o d u l e

9.15
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Now that you have three GD&T labels, drag each and position them
around the part to match the drawing. Notice that the label leader line
always points back to the feature.

You can adjust the scale of the label in the Labels group. Click Front
facing so that the labels are parallel with the screen.

9. Capture the View On the GD&T tab, in the View Data group, click
Capture to store this view.

☛☛Notice a new view is added to the Views


group in the Features list.

Double click the view and change the name to


Top.
10. Exit GD&T mode On the GD&T tab, click Close GD&T Mode.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.16
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Determining Perpendicularity
For this activity, you will determine the perpendicularity of Cylinder 9 to Datum A.
100
[3.94]
.50 A
C

1. GD&T mode
2. Select the feature
On the Home tab, click GD&T Mode.
In the Features list, select Origin.
##
You can also
3. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Orientation group, click
right-click any
GD&T tolerance Perpendicularity.
feature in the
Feature list and
select GD&T

☛☛If you accidentally exit the Tolerance Control Frame, select the Mode.
feature in the Features list and click Edit Feature in the GD&T
tab, or double-click the feature in the list.
4. Tolerance Value Click on the Perpendicularity tolerance value in
the middle of the frame and change it to 0.500.
5. Tolerance to Click in the right control frame and select A
Datum A (Datum A).

9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.17
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
##
You can also
☛☛If you need to remove a tolerance, click on the tolerance frame and
press the Delete key.
click outside 6. Close Click GD&T in the lower right corner of the Main
the tolerance window to exit.
frame to return 7. Move the control Click and drag the control frame to the same
to the Main
frame position as the drawing.
window.

ACTIVITY: Determining Parallelism


For this activity, you will determine the parallelism of the part’s back edge to
Datum B.

.50 B

1. Select the feature In the Features list, select Back.


2. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Orientation group, click
GD&T tolerance Parallelism.

3. Tolerance Value Click on the Parallelism tolerance value in the


middle of the frame and change it to 0.500.
4. Tolerance to Click in the right control frame and select B
Datum B (Datum B).
5. Close Click GD&T in the lower right corner of the Main
window to exit.
6. Move the control Click and drag the control frame to the same
frame position as the drawing.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.18
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Determining Concentricity
For this activity, you will determine the concentricity of Cylinder 10 to Datum C.
50
[1.969]
.50 C

1. Select the feature In the Features list, select Cylinder 10.


2. Hide tolerances On the Feature Information panel, clear the
check boxes in the first column for every value
except Diameter and Cylindricity.
3. Diameter On the Feature Information panel change the
Tolerance Diameter tolerances:

zz Click on the Low Tol and change it to


-0.250.

zz Click on the Up Tol and change it to 0.250.


4. Cylindricity On the Feature Information panel change the
Tolerance Cylindricity tolerance. Click on the Up Tol and
change it to 0.020.
5. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Orientation group, click
GD&T tolerance Concentricity.

6. Tolerance Value Click on the Concentricity tolerance value in the


middle of the frame and change it to 0.500.
7. Tolerance to Click in the right control frame and select C
Datum C (Datum C).
8. Close Click GD&T in the lower right corner of the Main
window to exit.
9. Move the control Click and drag the control frame to the same
frame position as the drawing.
10. Exit GD&T mode On the GD&T tab, click Close GD&T Mode.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.19
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
For this activity, you will save your work in the measurement file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save.


2. Your folder This updates your GD&T Lesson 1.fcd file.

Position
True Position is defined as a cylindrical tolerance zone about the
nominal center line, through the thickness of the material into which the
hole was drilled (or the height of the stud). This tolerance requires three
datum references that can make an orthogonal coordinate system. A
point-reducible datum is not supported; however, bonus tolerance is
permissible for MMC and LMC.

The Position, or “True Position” tolerance requires the following to


calculate:

zz Actual and Nominal information for the Datums.

zz Actual and Nominal information for the Feature.

zz Size information for Datums and Features if any modifiers (><)are


used in the calculation so the bonus tolerance can be calculated.

ACTIVITY: Determining Position


For this activity, you will determine the position of Circles 1 through 8.

8X 20 [0.787] +0.25
-0.10

Ø 1.0 M A B C
Ø 0.25 M A

1. Select Circle 1 In the Features list, select Circle 1


2. Hide tolerances On the Feature Information panel, clear the
check boxes in the first column for every value
except Diameter and Circularity.
9 : G D & T

3. Diameter On the Feature Information panel change the


Tolerance Diameter tolerances:

zz Click on the Low Tol and change it to


+0.250.
M o d u l e

zz Click on the Up Tol and change it to -0.10.

9.20
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Circularity On the Feature Information panel, change the
Tolerance Circularity tolerance. Click on the Up Tol and
change it to 0.020.
5. Copy Tolerances Right-click on Circle 1 and choose Copy
Tolerances.
6. Paste Tolerances Select Circle 2 through Circle 8. Right-click and

##
choose Paste Tolerances.
7. GD&T mode On the Home tab, click GD&T Mode.

You can also


right-click any

8. Select the feature In the Features list, select Circle 1 through feature in the
Circle 8. Feature list and
9. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Patterns group, click select GD&T
GD&T tolerance Create.
Mode.

10. Select the pattern In the Features list, select Pattern 1.


11. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Location group, click
GD&T tolerance Position.

12. Tolerance Value Click on the Position tolerance value in the center
of the frame and change it to 1.00.

9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.21
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
13. Add Modifier Inside the tolerance control frame choose
> MMC from the drop-down list.

14. Tolerance to Add the three datums to this tolerance:


Datums A,B,C
zz Click in the right control frame and select A
(Datum A).

zz Click in the next control frame and select B


(Datum B).

zz Click in the next control frame and select C


(Datum C).
Notice that the Pattern 1 feature is added to a Patterns folder in the
Features list. These features are also added to a Pattern 1 group in
your file.
15. Close Click GD&T in the lower right corner of the Main
window to exit.
16. Move the control Click and drag the control frame to the same
frame position as the drawing.
17. Exit GD&T mode On the GD&T tab, click Close GD&T Mode.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.22
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results
For this activity, you will create a measurement report, review and edit it, and save
the report to a file.
Set the Main
1. Select Features On the Features list, select: window view

zz Top and adjust the


zz Front view, zoom,
zz Cylinder 9 and labels to
zz Back
create the
zz Cylinder 10
zz Pattern 1 image that

2. Access Report In the Navigation window, click Report. appears at


view the top of the
3. Add the GD&T On the Home tab, in the Report List group, click report.
Top view Include Features.

zz Select the Top view

zz Click Add

zz Close the Include Features dialog box


4. Tabular layout On the Layout group, select Tabular from the
drop-down list.
5. View results Use the scroll bar or the commands in the
navigation and zoom groups to view each page
of the report, and see the measurement results in You can
the GD&T format. change the
6. Save report From the Export button drop-down list, select the reporting order
MHTML Document option. of the features
by moving
7. Export options In the MHT Export Options dialog box, click OK
(We will use the default setting for this activity). them up and
down .
8. Your folder Browse to your folder in \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\.
9. Enter name Save the report with the name
My GD&T Report. If prompted to overwrite the
existing file, click Yes.
10. Automatically When prompted “Do you want to open this file?”
9 : G D & T

open file click Yes. You can now view the file and close it
when done.
The file is now saved on the computer in the \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\[your name]\ folder.
M o d u l e

11. Exit Report mode In the Navigation window, click Features.

9.23
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
For this activity, you will save your work in the measurement file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save.


2. Your folder This updates your GD&T Lesson 1.fcd file.

Datum Scheme Or Current Alignment


Measure calculates position of a feature to a set of three datums or the
current alignment.

☛☛If the current three datums do not define a fully constrained


coordinate system, the lines of the Feature Control Frame turn red
and the results are calculated using the current alignment.

Position Modifiers

## For more
information on the position
In the previous activity, you applied Maximum Material Condition (MMC),
to the bolt hole pattern. Measure also supports Least Material Condition
(LMC), and Regardless of Feature Size (RFS). Measure automatically
tolerance, see the GD&T calculates any bonus tolerance available and looks at the whether the
and Operational Concepts feature is a hole in the material or a solid shaft of the material.
chapters of the CAM2 In the next activity, you will add more position tolerances to the bolt hole
Measure help file. pattern with different modifiers and look at the position results for each
circle in the pattern.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.24
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Using Modifiers In Position
For this activity, you will create additional position patterns, apply different modifiers,
and view the position results for the circles.

8X 20 [0.787] +0.25
-0.10

Ø 1.0 M A B C
Ø 0.25 M A

1. GD&T mode On the Home tab, click GD&T Mode.


##
can also
You

right-click any

2. Select the pattern In the Features list, select Pattern 1. feature in the

3. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Location group, click Feature list and
GD&T tolerance Position. select GD&T
Mode.

☛☛This adds a second Feature Control Frame.


4. Tolerance Value Click on the tolerance value in the center of the
frame and change it to 1.00.
5. Add LMC Modifier Inside the tolerance control frame choose
< LMC from the drop-down list.
6. Tolerance to Add the three datums to this tolerance:
Datums A,B,C
zz Click in the right control frame and select A
(Datum A).

zz Click in the next control frame and select B


(Datum B).

zz Click in the next control frame and select C


(Datum C).
7. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Location group, click
GD&T tolerance Position.

8. Tolerance Value Click on the tolerance value in the center of the


frame and change it to 1.00.
9 : G D & T

9. Add RFS Modifier Inside the tolerance control frame choose RFS
from the drop-down list.

☛☛You can also leave this blank. Regardless of


Feature Size is always used if no modifier is
M o d u l e

selected.

9.25
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
10. Tolerance to Add the three datums to this tolerance:
Datums A,B,C
zz Click in the right control frame and select A
(Datum A).

zz Click in the next control frame and select B


(Datum B).

zz Click in the next control frame and select C


(Datum C).
11. Close Click GD&T in the lower right corner of the Main
window to exit.
12. Review Circle 1 In the Features list, select Circle 1. In the
Position Feature Information panel notice the Diameter
results for the circle.

zz With MMC:

zz If the diameter is larger than the


minimum, notice that the Upper Tolerance
for the position tolerance has increased.
The bonus tolerance has been added.

zz With LMC:

zz If the diameter is smaller than the


maximum, notice that the Upper
Tolerance for the position tolerance has
increased. The bonus tolerance has been
added.

zz With RFS:

zz Notice that the tolerance with the Regardless


of Feature Size modifier has not changed.
13. Create position In the Features list, select Pattern 1.
tolerances
using the Active zz Create three more position tolerances with a
Alignment 1.00 mm tolerance.

zz Add a modifier to each tolerance.

zz Click in the right control frame and select


Active Alignment. The control frame will
9 : G D & T

appear empty.
14. Close Click GD&T in the lower right corner of the Main
window to exit.
M o d u l e

9.26
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
15. Review Circle 1 In the Features list, select Circle 1. In the
Position Feature Information panel notice the new
Position results for the circle.

zz Notice that the actual position in the last


three position tolerances is different.
The position is calculated on the
constructed coordinate system and not
the measurements of the three datum
features.

zz The Upper Tolerances calculate the same


as the first three tolerances.
16. Exit GD&T mode On the GD&T tab, click Close GD&T Mode.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


For this activity, you will save your work in the measurement file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save.


2. Your folder This updates your GD&T Lesson 1.fcd file.

9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.27
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: Complex Measurements
Let’s dimension some more complex features using the GD&T system.
The GD&T system allows for the tolerancing of a curve or surface to a
nominal. These are never a straight line or a flat surface. CAM2 Measure
supports Profile of a Line and Profile of a Surface tolerances.

Lesson Objective
In this lesson you will be able to identify more complex GD&T dimensions,
measure those features on your part, and use the GD&T mode to create a
view with GD&T callouts. This means you will be able to:

zz Identify and measure a Datum Scheme.


zz Measure profile features.
zz Add GD&T tolerances to a feature.
zz Create and save a GD&T view.
zz Add the GD&T tolerances to a report.

Profile Tolerancing
Similar to the Form type of tolerances, Profile tolerances compare a
polyline or surface to a nominal or a Datum scheme. You can use the
different measurement commands to measure cross-section (polylines)
of a free-form surface or the Inspect Surface command to measure a
complete surface.

.50 .50 A B .50 .50 A B C


.50 A .50 A
B B

.50 .50
.50 A .50 A
C C

.50 .50
A A 9 : G D & T

Profile of a Line Profile of a Surface


☛☛You should review “ACTIVITY: Measuring A Surface With Parallel
Lock Planes” on page 13.13 before continuing with the next activities.
M o d u l e

On Screen Callouts
The Cross-Section Scan and Point Cloud features can contain hundreds
or thousands of readings. You can see from the colors some of the

9.29
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
readings are in tolerance, and some are not. On a report it would be
impractical to list every reading from the point cloud feature, and just
listing the largest single deviation is not enough.

We will use a specific label command for these features to extract


a single value, at a location, which shows the data in an individually
numbered on-screen label and also adds it to the report. Repeat this
command as needed to get an accurate report of the measured surface.

ACTIVITY: Measuring The Datums


For this activity, you will import the bracket part CAD file, choose the datum features
for alignment, and measure them.

1. New file On the File tab, click New.


Keyboard 2. Import CAD On the File tab, click Import/Export, then select
Shortcuts CAD from the Import column.
Ctrl + N:
New File ☛☛You can also click Import CAD on the Home
tab.
3. Select file In the Open dialog box,
browse to the \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10 Training Files\ folder and
select Bracket Q.x_t. Click Open.
4. Pick from CAD On the Pick from CAD tab, click Automatic.
Plane Use the mouse, or the key on the numeric
keypad, to rotate the CAD model until you can
see the bottom surface. Click the bottom surface
of the part.

☛☛Look at the direction arrowhead of the


nominal plane feature. Is it pointing up? If
not, right-click the feature and choose Flip
Vector.
5. Pick from CAD Use the mouse, or the key on the numeric
Plane keypad, to rotate the CAD model until you can
see the left surface. Click the left surface of the
part.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.30
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
6. Pick from CAD Use the mouse, or the key on the numeric
Line keypad, to rotate the CAD model until you can
see the front surface. Click the lower front edge
of the part and add it as a line.

☛☛Look at the direction arrowhead of the


nominal plane feature. Is it pointing left? If
not, right-click the feature and choose Flip
Vector.
7. Rename features On the Features list, right click on Plane 1 and
select Rename. Backspace and rename the
feature as Base.

Repeat and rename:


Plane 2 - Left
Line 1 - Front
Attach the bracket part to the top of the training part or your
measurement surface.
8. Select Nominal On the Features list, click Base.
Features
Then hold the Shift key and click Front to select
the group of features.
9. Add Right-click and choose Add Measurement. If
Measurements you are currently in Measure mode, measure
these features.

☛☛If you are not in Measure mode, right-click the


selection and choose Add Readings.
9 : G D & T

10. Measure a Plane Measure the top of the demo part with at least
seven readings.
11. Measure a Plane Measure the left side of the bracket part with at
least seven readings.
M o d u l e

12. Measure a 2D Measure the front edge of the bracket part with
line at least five readings in the same direction as the
nominal line.

9.31
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
For this activity, you will save your work in the measurement file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save.


2. Your folder Browse to your folder and in the File name box,
type GD&T Lesson 2.fcd.
3. Save Click Save.
4. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

ACTIVITY: Creating Datum Labels


For this activity, you will assign datum labels to each of the datum features from the
CAD part and establish datums for use in GD&T calculations.

1. GD&T mode On the Home tab, click GD&T Mode.

2. Add Features On the GD&T tab, in the General group, click


You
Include Features.
can also select
the features
in the Features
list before
zz In the Include Features dialog box, click
clicking the Select All in the upper left corner.
command to
zz Click Add.
automatically
3. Reset View On the View tab, in the Zoom group, click Reset
add them to Zoom.
the GD&T
window.

☛☛You can also press the E keyboard shortcut.


9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.32
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Assign Datum to
Base
Assign Datum letters to each feature:

zz On the Features list, select Base.


## You
can also type
zz Choose A from the Letter drop-down list. the Datum
letter in the
drop-down list
and then click
zz In the Datum group, click Planar.
the Planar or
☛☛Notice that Datum label is added to the Linear button.
Main window.
5. Scale GD&T On the GD&T tab, in the Labels group, click
labels Reset Scale. Drag the label to any position

##
around the part.
6. Assign Datum to zz On the Features list, select Left.
To
Left zz Choose B from the Letter drop-down list.
remove a
Datum, select
the feature and
click the Planar
zz In the Datum group, click Planar.
7. Assign Datum to zz On the Features list, select Front. or Linear button
Front zz Choose C from the Letter drop-down list. again.

zz In the Datum group, click Linear.


8. Exit GD&T mode On the GD&T tab, click Close GD&T Mode.

9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.33
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating A Datum Alignment
For this activity, you will construct a Datum Alignment using the three measured
datums.

##
Keyboard
1. Create coordinate
system
On the Alignments tab, click Datum.

Shortcuts 2. Dialog box The Alignments dialog box appears.


A: 3. Enter feature In the Name box, enter Datum.
Alignments name
4. Choose a Primary In the Primary Datum drop-down list, select
Datum Base - Actual.
5. Choose a In the Secondary Datum drop-down list, select
Secondary Datum Left - Actual.
6. Choose a Tertiary In the Tertiary Datum drop-down list, select
Datum Front - Actual.
7. Solve Click Apply/Solve.
8. Close Click Close.
If necessary, set the Isometric SW View and Reset Zoom to see your
complete file by pressing the 8 and E keyboard shortcuts. These
commands are also available in the View tab.

ACTIVITY: Measuring The Profile Of A Line


For this activity, you will measure the additional plane and a line profile.

1. Create Polyline 1 On the Measure tab, click Cross-Section Scan.

In the Measure Cross-Section Scan dialog box:

Automatically Create Nominal: Selected

Base Plane: YZPlane_World

Offset: 100 mm
9 : G D & T

Point Distance Filter: 2.0 mm

Keep Raw Data: Selected


M o d u l e

Click Create and Close.

9.34
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
2. Set Distance In the Measurement panel, click the Mode drop-
down and choose Distance Interval.

zz Enter 0.5 mm in the distance field.


3. Measure the ☛☛Notice that the Measurement Mode changes
surface to Time Interval.

Touch the probe to curved surface “G”, press


the green Front button and “scan” the curved
surface from left to right and moving up and
down. Notice a reading records as you pass
through the cross-section plane.

If necessary, press the green Front button to


pause, press the green Front button to continue.

When you have enough readings, press the


green Front button to pause. Pull away from the
surface and press the red Back button to end the
command.

In the Measure Cross-Section Scan dialog box,


click Close to cancel the command.

9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.35
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Measuring The Profile Of A Surface
For this activity, you will determine the surface profile.

1. Create Inspect On the Measure tab, click Inspect Surface.


Surface 1
2. Measure the ☛☛Check that the Measurement Mode is still
surface Distance Interval.

Touch the probe to curved surface “G”, press


and hold the green Front button and “scan” the
curved surface from front to back and moving left
to right. Notice a reading records as you pass
through the cross-section plane.

If necessary, release the green Front button to


pause, press and hold the green Front button to
continue.

When you have enough readings, release the


green Front button to pause. Pull away from the
surface and press the red Back button.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.36
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Editing The Datum Tolerances
For this activity, you will edit the tolerances values for the datums.

1. GD&T mode On the Home tab, click GD&T Mode.

2. Add Features On the GD&T tab, in the General group, click


You
Include Features.
can also
zz Select Cross Section Scan 1 and select the
Inspect Surface 1
four features
zz Click Add. in the Features
3. Select Feature On the Features list, double-click Base to edit list before
the GD&T tolerances.
clicking the
4. Flatness On the GD&T control frame, click on the
command to
Tolerance tolerance value and change it to 0.500.
automatically
5. Hide tolerances On the Feature Information panel, clear the
check boxes in the first column for every value add them to
except Flatness. the GD&T
6. Select Feature On the Features list, double-click Left to edit the window.
GD&T tolerances.
7. Flatness On the GD&T control frame, click on the
Tolerance tolerance value and change it to 0.500.
8. Hide tolerances On the Feature Information panel, clear the
check boxes in the first column for every value
except Flatness.
9. Select Feature On the Features list, double-click Front to edit
the GD&T tolerances.
10. Flatness On the GD&T control frame, click on the
Tolerance tolerance value and change it to 0.500.
11. Hide tolerances On the Feature Information panel, clear the
check boxes in the first column for every value
except Straightness.

9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.37
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Determining The Profiles
For this activity, you will add GD&T tolerances to the curve and the surface.

1. Select the feature In the Features list, select


Cross Section Scan 1.
2. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Profile group, click
GD&T tolerance Profile of a Line.

3. Tolerance Value Click on the tolerance value in the middle of the


frame and change it to 0.300.
4. Close Click GD&T in the lower right corner of the Main
window to exit.
5. Select the feature In the Features list, select Inspect Surface 1.
6. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Profile group, click
GD&T tolerance Profile of a Surface.

7. Tolerance Value Click on the tolerance value in the middle of the


frame and change it to 0.300.
8. Tolerance to Click in the right control frame and select
Datum A,B and C A (Datum A). click in the next control frame and
select B (Datum B), and finally then click in the
next control frame and select C (Datum C).
9. Close Click GD&T in the lower right corner of the Main
window to exit.
10. Select the profiles In the Features list, select
Cross Section Scan 1 and Inspect Surface 1.
11. Adjust tolerance On the Feature Information panel, clear the
values check boxes in the first column for every value
except Profile ABC and Line Profile AB.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.38
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Determining Perpendicularity
For this activity, you will determine the perpendicularity of the Front and Left Side
planes to Datum A.
1. Select the feature In the Features list, select Front.

2. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Orientation group, click


GD&T tolerance Perpendicularity.

3. Tolerance Value Click on the tolerance value in the middle of the


frame and change it to 0.500.
4. Tolerance to Click in the right control frame and select A
Datum A (Datum A).
5. Select the feature In the Features list, select Left.

6. Create a new On the GD&T tab, in the Orientation group, click


GD&T tolerance Perpendicularity.

7. Tolerance Value Click on the tolerance value in the middle of the


frame and change it to 0.500.
8. Tolerance to Click in the right control frame and select A
Datum A (Datum A).
9. Close Click GD&T in the lower right corner of the Main
window to exit.

9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.39
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Setting the View
For this activity, you will set the view to match the print, adjust the label position,
and save the view.

1. Reset the View On the GD&T tab, in the View group, click Reset.
2. Set Top View On the View tab, in the Preset Views group,
click +X/-X to set the top view. If necessary click
again to get the correct view.
3. Zoom and Pan Use the I, O and Arrow keys to zoom and pan to
get a good view of the measurements.
4. Adjust/ Arrange Drag the labels to different positions around the
Labels part to match the print. Use the commands in the
GD&T tab, in the View group:

zz Click Front Facing.

zz Increase or decrease the font size in the label


by clicking the other two commands in the
View group.
5. Capture the View On the GD&T tab, in the View Data group, click
Capture to store this view.

☛☛Notice a new view is added to the Views


group in the Features list.

Double click the view and change the name to


Side.
6. Exit GD&T mode On the GD&T tab, click Close GD&T Mode.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


For this activity, you will save your work in the measurement file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save.


2. Your folder This updates your GD&T Lesson 2.fcd file.
9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.40
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Prepare The Report View
For this activity, you will adjust the view settings and add labels to the features for
the report.

1. Show labels On the View tab, in the Labels group, click Show
All.
2. Label Style On the Features list, right click on each feature
to change the label style:

zz Planes - Detailed
zz Scans - Surface Point
3. Cross-Section On the Features list, select:
mode
zz Cross Section Scan 1

On the View tab, in the Analysis group, click


Cross-Section.
4. Adjust the view On the View tab, use the Preset Views, Zoom
and Pan commands to get a good view of the
cross-section.
5. Add deviation On the Cross-Section Analysis tab, in the
markers Deviation Markers group, click Highest/Lowest.

☛☛Adjust the labels around the cross-section


shape.
6. Capture the View On the Cross-Section Analysis tab, in the View
Data group, click Capture to store this view.

☛☛Notice a new view is added to the Views


group in the Features list.

Double click the view and change the name to


Cross-Section.
7. Exit Cross- On the Cross-Section Analysis tab, click Close
Section Analysis Analysis Mode.
mode
8. Surface deviation On the Features list, select:
markers
zz Inspect Surface 1

On the View tab, in the Labels group, click


9 : G D & T

Label Points. Click on some of the red and blue


surface points to add a callout label. Click Label
Points in the lower right corner of the Main
window to exit.

☛☛Delete a call out label by right-clicking it and


M o d u l e

selecting Delete.

9.41
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
9. Adjust the view zz Use the 7 and E keys to reset the view.
and labels
zz On the View tab, in the Labels group, click
Arrange and then Feature.

zz Use the I, O and Arrow keys to zoom and


pan to get a good view of the measurements.

zz Move the labels around the part.

The file is now saved on the computer in the \My Documents\


CAM2 Measure 10\[your name]\ folder.
10. Exit Cross- In the Navigation window, click Features.
Section Analysis
mode

ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results


For this activity, you will create a measurement report and review it.

Set the Main 1. Select Features On the Features list, select:


window view
zz Base
and adjust the zz Left
view, zoom, zz Front
and labels to zz Inspect Surface 1
zz Cross Section Scan 1
create the
2. Access Report In the Navigation window, click Report.
image that
view
appears at
3. Add the GD&T On the Home tab, in the Report List group, click
the top of the Top view Include Features.
report.
zz Select the Side view

zz Click Add

zz Close the Include Features dialog box


4. Tabular layout On the Layout group, select Tabular from the
drop-down list.
5. View results Use the scroll bar or the commands in the
9 : G D & T

navigation and zoom groups to view each page


of the report, and see the measurement results in
the GD&T format.
6. Save report From the Export button drop-down list, select the
M o d u l e

MHTML Document option.


7. Export options In the MHT Export Options dialog box, click OK
(We will use the default setting for this activity).

9.42
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
8. Your folder Browse to your folder in \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\.
9. Enter name Save the report with the name
My GD&T Report. If prompted to overwrite the
existing file, click Yes.
10. Automatically When prompted “Do you want to open this file?”
open file click Yes. You can now view the file and close it
when done.
The file is now saved on the computer in the \My Documents/
CAM2 Measure 10\[your name]\ folder.

11. Exit GD&T mode In the Navigation window, click Features.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


For this activity, you will save your work in the measurement file.

1. Save On the File tab, click Save.


2. Your folder This updates your GD&T Lesson 2.fcd file.

9 : G D & T
M o d u l e

9.43
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

9.45
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 10:
QuickTools Programming

In this module, you will become familiar with recording, editing, and playing QuickTools
programs. You will create programs from both new and existing measurement files, and with
and without the measurement device connected to your computer.

Prerequisite: Basic Measurement, Coordinate Systems, Nominals and Tolerances, Working with
CAD.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Build a repeatable measurement routine using measurements,
constructions, dimensions, and reporting.
zz Save, open, edit, and play a repeatable measurement routine.
zz Design a program that performs an accurate metrological inspection of a
part.

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions
Actual Feature Alignment

P r o g r a m m i n g
Best Fit Datum
End Click Entity
Feature Keyboard Shortcuts
Measure Nominal Feature
Off-line On-line
QuickTools Reading
Solved Feature Unsolved Feature

Q u i c k To o l s

XX LESSONS
Lesson 1: Create From An Existing File��������������������������������������������� 10.7
Lesson 2: Create In A New File�������������������������������������������������������� 10.21
1 0 :
M o d u l e

10.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: QUICKTOOLS PROGRAMMING
The boss says, “We need to measure a production run of the same part
in the same way. Can we find a way to do this without having to set up a
measurement routine every time?”

“I can create a QuickTools program which contains a set of measurement


commands for repetitive part measurement. What are the things I need to
think about to make the QuickTools program as effective and user-friendly as
possible?

Strategy: Working With QuickTools


QuickTools allow you to save a set of CAM2 Measure commands in a
list to play anytime the drawing file is open, facilitating repeatable part
measurement. You can create multiple QuickTools programs in a single
measurement file and play them whenever you choose.

A typical QuickTools program takes an operator through the steps of


a part program with digital pictures of the part and color-coded targets
to make the program operator-friendly. QuickTools programming while
recording allows you to create a program by automatically capturing
measurement commands using a measurement device. QuickTools
P r o g r a m m i n g

programming while not recording allows you to create a program by


selecting features from the available tabs without using a measurement
device.

QuickTools Program Commands

QuickTools programs may contain many CAM2 Measure commands;


however, Construction, Dimension, Coordinate System, and Alignment
commands are not added to programs since these features are
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

dependent on measurement data to solve.

QuickTools Program Context and Usability

You can increase usability of the QuickTools program for all operators
by including pictures of the part to be measured (including depictions
of the precise locations at which to take measurements), and important
textual information for any command in the program. The more detail
you provide, the easier your QuickTools program will be to use.
M o d u l e

10.2
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
QuickTools Panel
By default the QuickTools panel is hidden and docked on the right side
of the Main window. Click the QuickTools tab to show the QuickTools
panel.

Toolbars

P r o g r a m m i n g
The QuickTools panel has two toolbars that control the creation, editing,
and playing of a QuickTools program.

1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
! The Filter drop-down list will show commands assigned to a specific
measuring device, or to all measuring devices.

" The Add Comment button inserts a comment command (custom


text message) into QuickTools program.

# The Report button creates a report for the QuickTools program.

$ The Fine Registration button inserts a program step to register a


group of point clouds measured with a rotary stage or photogrammetry
targets. This can be used in tandem with a Freeze Recalculation or an
Unfreeze Recalculation command to force extraction.

☛☛This QuickTools program command is only available for the


FARO 3D Imager.

% The Extract button inserts a program step to run any Extract Feature
command. This can be used in tandem with a Freeze Recalculation or
an Unfreeze Recalculation command to force extraction.

& The Change Adapter button adds a change adapter command to


pause the program so the operator can change the Probe.

' The Set Active Device Position button inserts a program step to
move the device position.
P r o g r a m m i n g

( The Solve Device Position button inserts a program step to solve


the device position.

) The Freeze Recalculation button inserts a program step to suspend


all recalculations while the operator runs the QuickTools program.

NOTE: If you do not add Unfreeze after a Freeze command, all


pending recalculations will occur at completion of the QuickTools
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

program.

* The Unfreeze Recalculation button inserts a program step to enable


all pending recalculations.

+ The Verify Tolerances button inserts a program step to recalculate


all feature tolerances.

, The Help button opens the CAM2 Measure Help file to the
QuickTools topic.
M o d u l e

10.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
- The New creates a new QuickTools program.

. The Delete deletes the selected command or QuickTools program.

/ The Play button plays selected QuickTools program.

0 The Stop button stops selected QuickTools program.

1 The Record button starts the recording of commands into the


selected QuickTools program.

2 The Lock QuickTools button allows you to secure the QuickTools


program from being edited, overwritten, or deleted from the
measurement file. This lock uses a unique password.

CAUTION: If you forget a password there is no way to recover it.


Consider keeping a backup copy of the measurement file with a
QuickTools program that is not password-protected.

3 The Remove Locks button permanently removes a lock from the


QuickTools program.

4 The Move Up button moves the selected command(s) up in the


QuickTools program.

5 The Move Down button moves the selected command(s) down in the

P r o g r a m m i n g
QuickTools program.

1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Properties

The QuickTools program and each program command have properties.


The properties for the QuickTools program are:

zz Session Data - options for completing the Document Header


Information window. The options are:

zz Prompt For Session Data - (Default) The Document Header


Information window appears so that you can edit the document
header information.

zz Do Not Edit Session Data - Uses the current document header


information in the measurement file.

zz Import Session Data - Loads document header information from


an existing text file.

zz Remove the readings from all of the features in the current


measurement file.

zz Maximize the Measurement panel to fit the screen.

zz Re-use any open Feature windows in the current measurement file.


P r o g r a m m i n g

☛☛Properties for the Add Readings command are explained later in


this lesson.
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.6
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 1: Create From An Existing File
The easiest and most common way to create a QuickTools program is
to measure and construct features, create a report, and use the Create
from Features command. This command uses all the information in the
file to set many of the parameters of the QuickTools program.

Lesson Objective
You will be able to use the commands in the Automation tab and the
QuickTools panel to quickly create and edit a CAM2 Measure QuickTools
program. This means you will be able to:

zz Use the Create From Features command to create a QuickTools


program.
zz Use the commands in the QuickTools panel to add special
QuickTools commands and edit parameters of the QuickTools
program.
zz Edit the measurement images for each QuickTools program step.

Create A QuickTools Program From Features


Use the Create From Features to instantly create a new QuickTools
program containing all features in the active measurement file. For all
features constructed from CAD, CAM2 Measure automatically captures

P r o g r a m m i n g
the view orientation and associates the image to the feature.

Automated Images

CAM2 Measure automatically associates an image to each feature


measurement step, totaling the number of number of readings needed to
## For optimal
automated image results,
measure minimum geometry plus one end click image. On each image,
CAM2 Measure places a green marker using a uniform distribution adjust the view when you
of readings on the 3D feature governed by the 3D position of the are constructing features
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
nominal. The final image has a red marker placed at the location of the
from CAD so that the view
representative point on the feature (e.g., center, plane point).
orientation provides a clear
picture of the feature to be
measured.
M o d u l e

10.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating A QuickTools Program From An Existing
File
For this activity, you will use open an existing file and quickly create a QuickTools
program.

☛☛You can complete all the activities in this lesson in Measure or Edit mode.
1. File Open On the File tab, click Open.
2. Select your Browse to your folder in /My Documents/
folder CAM2 Measure 10.
3. Select Working Select Working With CAD Lesson 2.fcd
With CAD.fcd
4. Open Click Open.
5. Select Features On the Features list, click World. Then hold the
Shift key and click Angle 4 to select the group of
features.
6. Hide Labels On the View tab, in the Labels group, click
Hide to hide all the measured and constructed
features.

7. Hide Features On the Home tab, click Show/Hide to hide all the
measured and constructed features.
8. Show On the right side of the Main window, click the
QuickTools QuickTools tab. Click the Auto Hide (pin) to
P r o g r a m m i n g

panel keep the QuickTools panel visible.


9. Create On the Automation tab, click Create From
QuickTools Features to create the QuickTools program.
program Wait a few seconds for Measure to create the
QuickTools program.

☛☛This command automatically generates


measurement pictures for each feature.
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

Hiding the measured features and the labels


kept these from being included in these
pictures.
10. Show Features On the Home tab, click Show/Hide to show all
the measured and constructed features.
11. Show labels On the Features list, click Bolt Circle. Then
hold the Shift key and click Angle 4 to select
the group of features. Right-click the group and
choose Label Style and then Detailed.
M o d u l e

10.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
You should save your work to this point.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As. The Save As


dialog box appears.
2. Your folder Browse to your folder in \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10\.
3. Type file name In the File name box, type
QuickTools Lesson 1.fcd.
4. Save Click Save.
5. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

Comments And Report


A comment is a textual message that an operator will see when
playing the QuickTools program, must acknowledge by clicking OK,
and can thus be used to help guide the operator through the program
by providing important information at key points. The comment is an
individual command step in the QuickTools program and always adds to
the program before the current command step.

Generating a report as a part of a QuickTools program using the Add


Report command. When you select this command, the Report View
Settings dialog lets you select a Report List, Report Template, and
whether to automatically generate the report. When the QuickTools

P r o g r a m m i n g
program is played, this command will open the Report tab for the user to
create and print a report.

1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Adding QuickTools Commands
For this activity, you will add more commands to the QuickTools program that are
not added by the Create From Features command.

1. Recording On the QuickTools panel, click Record.

2. Add a Comment On the QuickTools panel, click the Add


command Readings to Top step.

Click Add Comment and type the following into


the Add Comment dialog box:

Measure the top of the part


with 8 readings. Pull away from
the surface and measure the
compensation point.

☛☛Add comments to a few other program steps


for additional practice.
3. Add report On the QuickTools panel, click Add Report. In
command the Report View Settings dialog box select:

Report List - New List 1


Report Template - Tabular
Export Report - Prompt user

Click OK to add the QuickTools command.


P r o g r a m m i n g

4. Stop Recording On the QuickTools panel, click Stop.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


Save the QuickTools program updates to your file.
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

1. Save On the File tab, click Save.


2. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.
M o d u l e

10.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Playing The QuickTools Program
Play the QuickTools program and inspect the part.

☛☛Skip this activity if you are currently in Edit mode.


1. Play the program On the QuickTools panel, choose the
QuickTools program and click Play.
2. Document By default, the Document Header Information
Header dialog box opens. If necessary, edit any
Information information and click OK.
3. Comment Notice the text in the Comment dialog box from
the previous activity and click OK.
4. Measure the part. Notice the image in the lower right corner of
the Measurement panel that the Create From
Features command automatically created.
Measure a reading in the proper location on the
top of the part and continue until the Top feature
is complete.

Continue measuring the remaining features in the


QuickTools program.

P r o g r a m m i n g
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
QuickTools Properties
You can set special properties for the QuickTool program and individual
commands.

Program Properties

There are properties that may be enabled for each QuickTools program.
When enabled, these properties activate special commands when the
QuickTools program is started.
P r o g r a m m i n g

## The Document
Header Information dialog
zz Session Data - Choose an option:

zz Do Not Edit - uses the existing Document Header


contains information such
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

zz Prompt For Session Data - prompts the operator to update


as Part Name, Session the contents of the Document Header Information dialog box
Name, and Operator, which before starting the first command.
provides unique information zz Import Session Data - updates the Document Header from a
to facilitate repeatable part file.
measurement. zz Clear Existing Measurement Data removes all readings from the
measurement file before starting the first command, providing for
a “fresh” set of measurements each time the operator begins the
M o d u l e

QuickTools program.

zz Maximize Measurement Panel maximizes the Measurement panel


to fill the entire computer screen when the program plays.

10.12
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz Re-Use Open Feature Window keeps the feature window constant
while the operator plays the QuickTools program.

Command Properties

Each measurement command is listed as a single line item in the


QuickTools panel. You can modify certain parameters of each
measurement command using the Properties panel below the list of
commands. Click a measurement command to access the command’s
parameters in the Properties panel.

P r o g r a m m i n g
For each Add Readings QuickTools command, the Properties panel is
divided into two tabs, Basic and Advanced.

Basic Tab

The Basic tab has 3 main parameters: Feature, Device, and Readings. 1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

zz Feature contains the name of the selected feature.

zz Device chooses which device will measure the feature (assuming


more than one measurement device is to be used).

zz Readings sets a low and high limit to the number of readings the
user will add to each feature. Clear the Use Range check box to
M o d u l e

establish a high limit only.

10.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Advanced Tab

The Advanced tab controls scanning functionality.

zz Sample Mode sets an interval parameter, a distance parameter, or


both. An interval parameter takes a point over a specified time; a
distance parameter takes a point over a specified distance.

zz Replace Existing Readings removes all existing readings from the


feature.

CAD View Commands

Use the CAD View buttons to assign, preview, or delete a specific view
of the features in the Main window for any QuickTools command.

Save CAD View for Step - Manipulate the view of the Main
window, and click this button to save this view to the QuickTools
command.

Clear Saved CAD View - Click this button to delete an


associated view of Main window from the QuickTools command. If no
CAD View has been saved to this command, this button is unavailable.

Recenter CAD View - Click this button to recenter the part in the
Main window.
P r o g r a m m i n g

Preview Saved CAD View - Click this button to preview an


associated view of the Main window from the QuickTools command.
If no CAD View has been saved to this command, this button is
unavailable.
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.14
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Modifying The QuickTools Program Command
Properties
For this activity, you will modify the properties of some of the measurement
commands you have added to the QuickTools program.

1. Modify the Add In the QuickTools panel, select the Add


Readings to Top Readings to Top command.
command to take
8 readings On the Basic tab, clear the Use Range
checkbox, and change the number of readings to
8.
2. Modify the Add Select the Add Readings to Front command.
Readings to Front
command to take On the Basic tab, clear the Use Range
5 readings checkbox, and change the number of readings to
5.
3. Modify the Select the Add Readings to Circle 9 command
Add Readings and click the Advanced tab.
to Circle 9
command to take On the Basic tab, clear the Use Range
7 readings checkbox, and change the number of readings to
7.
4. Modify the Add Select the Add Readings to Round Slot F
Readings to command and click the Advanced tab.
Round Slot F
command to take On the Basic tab, clear the Use Range
13 readings checkbox, and change the number of readings to
13.

P r o g r a m m i n g
Image Creator
To aid an operator when running a QuickTools program,
CAM2 Measure has an image creation and editing tool. You can add
pictures to each Add Readings command step and also add probe

1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
markers to show an operator exactly where to place the probe for
recording readings and where to record end-clicks.

In the Navigation window, click Image Creator to access Image


Creator.
M o d u l e

10.15
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Picture Options

Picture options include:

zz Photographs taken with a digital camera (*.jpg, *.png, *.bmp format)

zz *.jpg, *.png, *.bmp files of your part from a CAD program

When taking pictures of your part, include as many features in a shot as


possible without sacrificing space, picture clarity, and quality. Capturing
P r o g r a m m i n g

a big cluster of features from a long distance will not provide enough
detailed information for the operator.

The ideal image size is 640x480 pixels; most cameras have an


adjustable setting for the size of a picture. However, you should first add
one image to a QuickTools program command, then play the command
and look at the picture in the Measurement panel. One image can be
used as many times as needed.
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

Green and Red Target Points (Probes)

After you’ve added pictures of the part into Image Creator, you can
overlay green target points to identify the places to record readings and
red target points to specify end clicks.

During the execution of a program, each reading and end click requires
its own picture and target point (where the user should place the probe).
M o d u l e

10.16
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Create From Features Command

During the processing of the Create From Features command,


CAM2 Measure creates for each Add Readings command:
zz A screen capture picture image of the Main window.
zz Green probe markers for each reading.
zz A single red probe marker.

ACTIVITY: Editing Green And Red Target Points


For this activity, you will edit and add green and red target points (signifying probe
positions) to the existing pictures.

1. Select the Add In the QuickTools panel, select the Add


Readings to Top Readings to Top command.
command
2. Rotate, resize, Move the pointer over the target point to view the
and position the target point’s editing symbols.
green and red

1
target points

zz Click and drag the target point.

P r o g r a m m i n g
zz The square symbol at the top rotates position
of the target point. Click and drag to rotate.

1
zz The square symbol in the lower right
increases/decreases the size of the target
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
point.

☛☛Use the Delete key to remove a target


point.
M o d u l e

10.17
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
3. Move and Add Move the targets around the picture to show
target points for measuring the top of the part with eight readings
each reading and an end-click.

Add more green target points by clicking the


Reading command in the Image Creator tab
and then clicking on the picture.
4. Resize the picture On the Image Creator tab, use the Zoom sliders
and target points to change the size of the picture and the group of
targets.
5. Repeat for the Repeat steps 1-4 on the remaining Add to
remaining Add Readings commands. Use some of the other
to Readings types of green targets to show the probe moving
commands. across a surface, moving around a hole, or down
in a hole.

ACTIVITY: Saving A File


Save the QuickTools program updates to your file.

1. Save On the File tab, Click Save to update your


QuickTools Lesson 1.fcd file.
2. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.
P r o g r a m m i n g

Edit The QuickTools Program


zz Click any QuickTools program command in the QuickTools panel
to view and edit the properties in the Properties section of the
QuickTools panel.

zz Add to Readings commands:


1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

”” Set the device and the number (a range or an exact) amount


of readings

”” Use the View tab commands to set a view and then click
the Save CAD View command to set a view for the program
step.

zz Coordinate System and Alignment commands:

”” Set the current coordinate system or alignment.


M o d u l e

zz Add Report commands:

”” Set the list, template, and save options for the report.

10.18
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
zz After you’ve finished recording commands to the QuickTools
program, you can easily change the order of the commands by
dragging the command to another location in the list (clicking a
command and holding the left mouse button, dragging the command
to a new location within the QuickTools program, and releasing the
left mouse button).

☛☛If you have added a Comment before an Add Readings to


command, make sure to also move the Comment.

zz To delete a QuickTools program command, select the command and


click Delete on the QuickTools panel.
## You can also
delete the entire QuickTools
zz You can add new commands by clicking Record in Measure or program by selecting the
Template mode. Click Stop to cease recording new commands.
program name and clicking
Delete.

P r o g r a m m i n g
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.19
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Lesson 2: Create In A New File
When you start with a new measurement file, the Record command
in the QuickTools panel will capture everything you do and add
corresponding commands to the QuickTools program. You can create
the QuickTools program with or without a measurement device.

Lesson Objective
You will be able to use the commands in the Automation tab and the
QuickTools panel to quickly create and edit a QuickTools program. This
means you will be able to:

zz Start with a new measurement and record a QuickTools program.


zz Use the commands in the QuickTools panel to add special
QuickTools commands and edit parameters of the QuickTools
program.
zz Create measurement images for each QuickTools program step.

Program In Measure And Template Modes


You can add commands to QuickTools programs while in either Measure
mode or Template mode. This gives you the flexibility of creating a
QuickTools program while simultaneously performing live measurements
(Measure mode), or creating a QuickTools program without using a

P r o g r a m m i n g
measurement device (Template mode).

1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.21
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
This chart highlights the differences between recording QuickTools
programs in Measure or Template mode.

Recording a QuickTools program in Recording a QuickTools program in


Measure Mode Template Mode
zz Adds feature to measurement file zz Adds feature to measurement file

Insert zz Adds measurement command to the


Measurement QuickTools program
Feature
zz Prompts operator to measure feature

Manually zz Adds measurement command to the zz Adds a measurement command to


Invoke “Add QuickTools program the QuickTools program
Readings” zz Prompts operator to measure feature

PRE-ACTIVITY:
Option 1 Option 2
If using CAD If not using CAD
Open a new file. Open a new file.
Import the CAD file:
\My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10 Training Files\
Demo Part Q.x_t
Pick From CAD: Key-In nominal features in
P r o g r a m m i n g

zz Circle 1 Template Mode:


zz Circle 3 zz Circle 1
zz Circle 5 zz Circle 3
zz Circle 7 zz Circle 5
zz Circle 7
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.22
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating A New QuickTools Program
For this activity, you will create a new QuickTools program using the QuickTools
panel.

1. Show On the right side of the Main window, click the


QuickTools QuickTools tab. Click the Auto Hide (pin) to
panel keep the QuickTools panel visible.
2. Create a On the Automation tab or in the QuickTools
QuickTools panel, click New.
program

A new (blank) QuickTools program will appear as


New Program 1.
3. Rename the Rename the QuickTools program by selecting
QuickTools New Program 1, typing Practice Program,
program and pressing Enter.

ACTIVITY: Adding Features To A QuickTools Program In


Measure Mode
For this activity, you will add measurement commands to the “Practice Program”
QuickTools program in Measure mode.

P r o g r a m m i n g
1. Begin recording In the QuickTools panel, click Record.

2. Measure a Plane On the Measure tab, click Plane. Measure the


top of the part. Cancel the Plane command.
Keyboard
3. Rename the In the Features list, select the feature name and Shortcuts
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
plane type Datum A. F3:
4. Expand the In the QuickTools panel, click the arrow to Measure Plane
F4:
QuickTools expand the QuickTools program and see the Measure Line
program commands. F10:
5. Measure a 2D On the Measure tab, click 2D Line. Measure Measure Circle
line the edge across the front of the part. Cancel the
2D Line command.
6. Rename the line In the Features list, select the feature name and
M o d u l e

type Datum B.
7. Measure a circle On the Measure tab, click Circle. Measure
Circle 9. Cancel the Circle command.

10.23
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
8. Rename the In the Features list, select the feature name and
circle type Datum C.

An alternative method to add one or more commands to a QuickTools


program is to select measured features in the Features list and drag
them onto the program while recording a program.
9. Create a On the Alignment tab, click Create.
Coordinate
P r o g r a m m i n g

Keyboard
System
Shortcuts
C: 10. Add features Choose Datum A as the Plane Feature,
Create Datum B as the Line Feature, and Datum C as
Coordinate the Point Feature.
System
11. Align Select the Align With checkbox and choose
World.
12. Create Click OK.
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

Note the addition of the Change Active Alignment and Change Current
Coordinate System line items. These are not commands, but rather a
part of the measurement file which will solve as soon as measurement
data is available.
M o d u l e

10.24
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
13. Stop recording In the QuickTools panel, click Stop.

Save the measurement file:


14. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.
15. Your folder Browse to your folder and in the File name box,
type QuickTools Lesson 2.fcd.
16. Save Click Save.
17. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

ACTIVITY: Playing The QuickTools Program


For this activity, you will complete the QuickTools program and play it.

1. Play the In the QuickTools panel, click Practice Program


QuickTools and click Play to start the program.
program

2. Document If prompted to start from the beginning of the


Header program, click Yes.
Information

P r o g r a m m i n g
Enter the part name FARO Demo Part and click
OK.
3. Measure the part Follow the Measurement panel and measure
Datum A, Datum B, Datum C. Note that the
current feature highlights yellow in the Main
window.
Since you created these commands while measuring the part, you are
now required to measure the identical amount of readings for each
feature. This is a property of the QuickTools command. 1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.25
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Adding Features To A QuickTools Program In
Template Mode
For this activity, you will add measurement commands to the QuickTools program in
Template mode.

1. Template Mode Click Measure/Template Mode so that you are


in Template mode.
2. Begin recording Click Record.
3. Add On the Features list, right-click the four circles
Measurement (1,3,5,7)and select Add Measurement.
Note that the measurements were added to the Features list,
but nothing has been added to the QuickTools panel. The “Add
Measurement” is not a QuickTools program command.
4. Add readings to On the Features list, right-click Circle 1 and
the circle select Add Readings.
Note that the Add Readings command has added the “Add Readings to
Circle 1” command to the QuickTools program.
5. Add readings to On the Features list, select Circle 3, Circle 5,
the circles and Circle 7. Right-click and select Add
Readings.
6. Stop recording Click Stop.
Constructions, Dimensions, Tolerancing, and Reporting are not recorded
in a QuickTools program; therefore all of these can be done before or
after creating the Quick Tools program. Remember, these save as a part
P r o g r a m m i n g

of the measurement file.


7. Hide the On the QuickTools panel, click the Auto Hide
QuickTools panel (pin) to hide the QuickTools panel.
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

ACTIVITY: Creating Constructions And Dimensions


For this activity, you will create a bolt circle and a length dimension.

1. Construct a Circle On the Construct tab, click Circle, and then


by Best Fit select
By Best Fit.
2. Rename the Best Select the feature name and type Bolt Circle.
Fit circle
M o d u l e

10.26
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
3. Select Datum A If not already selected, select Circle 1 - Actual,
as the plane for Circle 3 - Actual, Circle 5 - Actual, and
the measured Circle 7 - Actual.
circles
Select the Use Plane checkbox and select
Datum A - Actual from the drop-down list.

Click Create and then Close.


Bolt Circle - Actual uses measured (actual) circles (1,3,5,7) in the
By Best Fit construction, so the nominals of the measured circles
are automatically used to construct the nominal by best fit circle
(Bolt Circle - Nominal).
4. Create a On the Construct tab, click Length From
dimension Features.

zz Select Circle 3 - Actual treat as a point, and


Circle 7 - Actual treat as a point.

Click Create and then Close.

P r o g r a m m i n g
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

CAM2 Measure automatically creates and associates a nominal length


after actuals are provided.
M o d u l e

10.27
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Playing The QuickTools Program
For this activity, you will play the QuickTools program you’ve created.

1. Play the On the Automation tab, Click Play to start the


QuickTools QuickTools program. In the message box, click
program Yes to start the program at the beginning.
2. Document Notice the FARO Demo Part part name and if
Header you want, add more information to the other
Information fields in the Document Header Information
dialog box. Click OK.
3. Measure the part Follow the Measurement panel and measure
Datum A, Datum B, Datum C, and the four circle
features.

☛☛After you finish measuring press you may


need to press the E keyboard shortcut to
reset the zoom.

ACTIVITY: Editing The Tolerances


For this activity, you will edit tolerances for some of the features that you want to
view on the report.

1. Edit the Select Circle 1 in the Features list.


tolerances for a
P r o g r a m m i n g

circle zz In the Feature Information panel, clear the


center.z checkbox.

zz Edit the center.x, and center.y tolerances as


follows:

❐❐ Lower Tolerance -0.30 mm.

❐❐ Upper Tolerance +0.30 mm.


1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

zz Edit the Diameter tolerances as follows:

❐❐ Lower Tolerance -0.10 mm.

❐❐ Upper Tolerance +0.25 mm.

Now you can copy the tolerances to the other three circles.
2. Copy the Select Circle 1 in the Features list.
Tolerances
Right-click and select Copy Tolerances.
M o d u l e

10.28
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
3. Paste the Select Circle 3 in the Features list.
Tolerances
Right-click and select Paste Tolerances.
4. Paste to Paste tolerances to the other two circles.
remaining circles

ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results


For this activity, you will make a report of the measurement results.

☛☛Before switching to the Report list, make sure the view in the Main window is
how you would like it to appear on the report. A good way to zoom and orient
the part is to use the keyboard shortcuts. The E key resets the zoom, I key
zooms in, O key zooms out, 6 orients the part to a top view, and 7, 8, 9, 0 are
the isometric views.

1. Switch to the In the Navigation window, click Report.


Report view

You can automatically switch to Report view when running the


QuickTools program by adding the Add Report command into the
program. On the QuickTools toolbar, select Add Report while recording
your QuickTools program.
2. Add each circle to On the Home tab, click Include Features from

P r o g r a m m i n g
the report the Report List group and add the four circles,
the bolt circle and the length to the Report list.
3. Hide the Feature Click the pin in the upper right corner of the
Information Feature Information and QuickTools panels to
and QuickTools auto hide each panel.
panel
☛☛
Notice that the Feature Information tab is
now at the bottom of the Main window and
the QuickTools tab is on the right side of
the Main window. Click each tab to show 1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
the panel and click the pin again to show the
panel.
M o d u l e

10.29
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Main window In the Navigation window, click Features to
return to the Main window.

ACTIVITY: Modifying QuickTools Program Command


Properties
P r o g r a m m i n g

For this activity, you will modify the properties of some of the measurement
commands you’ve added to the QuickTools program.

1. Show On the right side of the Main window, click the


QuickTools QuickTools tab. Click the Auto Hide (pin) to
panel keep the QuickTools panel visible.
2. Modify the In the QuickTools panel, select the Add
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s

Add Readings Readings to Circle 1 command.


to Circle 1
command to take On the Basic tab, clear the Use Range
7 readings checkbox, and change the number of Readings
to 7.
3. Modify the Select the Add Readings to Circle 5 command
Add Readings and click the Advanced tab.
to Circle 5
command to take Select the Distance Interval radio button and
enter 0.10 in the Distance field.
M o d u l e

readings every
.10 mm

10.30
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Modify the Select the Add Readings to Circle 7 command
Add Readings and click the Advanced tab.
to Circle 7
command to take Select the Distance Interval radio button and
readings every .5 enter 0.50 in the Distance field.
mm

ACTIVITY: Adding Comments To A QuickTools Program


Command
For this activity, you will add a comment and a View Report command in the
QuickTools program.

1. Start Recording On the QuickTools panel, click Record.


2. Select command Select the Add Readings to Circle 1 command.

3. Add Comment On the QuickTools panel, click Add Comment.

4. Input text In the Add Comment dialog box, enter:

Begin measuring the 20 mm circles on


the top face.

P r o g r a m m i n g
Click OK.
5. Select command Select the Add Readings to Datum A
command.
6. Add Comment Click Add Comment and add the following
comment:

Measure Datum A,B, and C to align

1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
the part.
When the QuickTools program is played, the operator will be presented
with a text box containing your comment before continuing with the
command list.
M o d u l e

10.31
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
7. View Report On the QuickTools panel, click Add Report. In
command the Report View Settings dialog box:

zz Report List - New List 1

zz Report Template - Tabular

zz Export Report - Prompt user

zz Click OK.

☛☛This command always adds to the end of the


QuickTools program.
P r o g r a m m i n g
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.32
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Finishing And Playing The QuickTools Program
For this activity, you will complete the QuickTools program and play it.

1. Click Stop On the QuickTools panel, click Stop.


CAM2 Measure stops recording commands and
the QuickTools program is complete.
2. Save a file On the File tab, Click Save to update your
QuickTools Lesson 2.fcd file.
3. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.
4. Hide the Click the pin in the upper right corner of the
QuickTools QuickTools panels to auto hide the panel.
panel
5. Play the On the Automation tab, click Play to start the
QuickTools program. Measure the part again and notice all of
program the changes to each command.

P r o g r a m m i n g
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.33
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Adding Pictures and Target Points With Image
Creator
For this activity, you will add pictures to your QuickTools program using Image
Creator.

1. Access Image In the Navigation window, click Image Creator.


Creator
2. Show On the right side of the Main window, click the
QuickTools QuickTools tab. Click the Auto Hide (pin) to
panel keep the QuickTools panel visible.
3. Assign an In the QuickTools panel, select the first
image to the first measurement command, Add Readings to
measurement Datum A.
command
Click the Add an Image to the Step link.

In the Add Step Image dialog box,


click Add. Browse to \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10 Training Files\
Part Photographs\.

In the Open dialog box, select all the images for


the QuickTools program and click Open. The
images now appear in the Add Step Image
dialog box.

Select an image that show the entire top surface


of the part.
P r o g r a m m i n g
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.34
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Add a green On the Image Creator tab, click Reading. Click
target point on the picture to add a green reading target point
and show the location of reading 1.
5. Rotate, resize, Move the pointer over the target point to view the
and position the target point’s editing symbols.
green and red

1
target points

zz Click and drag the target point.

1
zz The square symbol at the top rotates position
of the target point. Click and drag to rotate.

1
zz The square symbol in the lower right
increases/decreases the size of the target
point.

☛☛Use the Delete key to remove a target


point.

P r o g r a m m i n g
6. Add target points Add more green target points by clicking on the
for each reading picture. Notice the Properties of this QuickTools
command and add enough target points to aid
the operator in measuring the top of the part.
7. Add a red target On the Image Creator tab, click Retract. Click
point on the picture to add a red retract target point
and show the location of the compensation point.
8. Resize the picture On the Image Creator tab, use the Zoom sliders
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
and target points to change the size of the picture and the group of
targets.
9. Repeat for the Repeat Steps 3-8 on the remaining Add to
remaining Add Readings commands. Try to use different
to Readings pictures and the different target points to show
commands the operator how to measure each feature on the
part.
10. Exit Image In the Navigation window, click Features to exit.
Creator
M o d u l e

10.35
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
Save the QuickTools program updates to your file.

1. Save On the File tab, Click Save to update your


QuickTools Lesson 2.fcd file.
2. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

ACTIVITY: Playing The QuickTools Program


Play the complete QuickTools program file.

1. Play On the Automation tab, click Play.

Notice the picture in the Measurement panel


and that green and red target points show the
operator where to place the probe for each
reading.
P r o g r a m m i n g
1 0 : Q u i c k To o l s
M o d u l e

10.36
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

10.37
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 11:
Iterative Alignments

I n this module, you will become familiar with iterative (best-fit) alignments to align and
compare measured features to nominal features.

Prerequisite: Basic Measurements, Nominals and Tolerances.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Create Iterative alignments using the default settings, using weights, and
using material temperature considerations.
zz Report the alignment results.

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions
Alignment Iterative Alignment
Keyboard Shortcuts

A l i g n m e n t s
I t e r a t i v e
11 :
M o d u l e

11.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: ITERATIVE ALIGNMENTS
You are familiar with measuring features and viewing the results using a
Coordinate System alignment, but now we will use a “best fit” alignment
between the measured and the nominal features.

I need to make sure the features I measure on my part are comparable to their
nominals. How do I create an Iterative alignment to best-fit measured features
to their corresponding nominals?

Iterative Alignments
An Iterative alignment uses point reducible features to best-fit them
to their corresponding nominal values. You can create an Iterative
alignment using three or more point-reducible features with associated
nominals. You may add nominals to features that have already been
measured, or you may create nominals and add measurements to the
nominals.

Preferences For Iterative Alignment

Before you create your Iterative alignment, access the Measurement


preference (Edit > Preferences > Measurement > General tab) and
ensure that the Use Last Plane check box is selected.

☛☛If the Use Last Plane check box is clear, each measured circle will
A l i g n m e n t s

have a separate projection plane.

ACTIVITY: Creating Nominals For An Iterative Alignment


For this activity, you will create nominal circles from a CAD file for use in creating an
Iterative alignment.
11 : I t e r a t i v e

1. New file On the File tab, click New.


Keyboard 2. Import CAD On the File tab, click Import/Export, then select
Shortcuts CAD from the Import column.
Ctrl + N:
New File ☛☛You can also click Import CAD on the Home
tab.
3. Select file In the Open dialog box,
M o d u l e

browse to the \My Documents\


CAM2 Measure 10 Training Files\ folder and
select Demo Part Q.x_t. Click Open.

11.2
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
4. Pick from CAD On the Pick from CAD tab, click Automatic.
Circle

5. Pick from CAD Click the Circle 1 edge. Circle 1 appears in the
Features list.
6. Repeat for other Continue and click the edge for Circle 3, Circle 5,
features and Circle 7.
7. Rename the Rename the last three circles to Circle 7,
circles Circle 5, and Circle 3.
8. Cancel Automatic On the Pick from CAD tab, click Automatic.

☛☛You can also click Automatic in the lower


right corner of the screen to exit the selection
mode.
Now that you’ve created the nominal features, you can add
measurements to them.

ACTIVITY: Adding Measurements To The Nominals


For this activity, you will add measurements to the nominal circles you created in
the last activity.

1. Add In the Features list, Select Circle 1, Circle 3,


Measurement Circle 5, and Circle 7. Right-click select
Add Measurement. Since there is no active

A l i g n m e n t s
projection plane, CAM2 Measure automatically
adds a plane feature.
2. Measure Plane Add readings to Projection Plane 1.
3. Measure Circles Add readings to Circle 1, Circle 3, Circle 5, and
Circle 7.
4. Zoom Out Zoom Out (use the O keyboard shortcut) so that
you can see your measurements and your CAD 11 : I t e r a t i v e
file. Notice that they are not aligned yet.
M o d u l e

11.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Measurement And Nominal Association
You have just created nominal features and added measurements to
those features. By doing so, your measurements and nominals are
automatically associated and a feature group is created. To verify this
association, click each circle feature group in the Features list and view
the Nominal Feature column in the Feature Information panel.
A l i g n m e n t s

You now have the measurements, nominals, and feature associations


you need to create an Iterative alignment.
11 : I t e r a t i v e
M o d u l e

11.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating An Iterative Alignment
For this activity, you will create an Iterative alignment using the nominals and
measurements you’ve created.

1. Iterative
Alignment
On the Alignments tab, click Iterative.
##
You can also
press the

2. Select Click the [Select a Feature] drop-down and A keyboard


Circle 1 - Actual select Circle 1 - Actual. shortcut to
3. Select other Repeat step 2 for Circle 3 - Actual, access Manage
features Circle 5 - Actual, and Circle 7 - Actual.
Alignments,
You can also add these features to the Alignments dialog box by and click
selecting them in the Features list and clicking Add Selection. Iterative.
4. Enter name Enter Iterative in the Name box.
5. Apply/Solve Click Apply/Solve to create the Iterative
alignment.

A l i g n m e n t s
11 : I t e r a t i v e

Note that the “Iterative” alignment is now active. The X, Y, Z, and 3D


columns show the calculated deviation of each feature in the best fit.
6. Close Click Close.
M o d u l e

11.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
You should now be able to see that your measurements are aligned to,
or on top of, the CAD file. Also notice that your alignment now shows
active in the Quick Launch toolbar.
7. Reset Zoom On the View tab, click Reset Zoom, or press the
E keyboard shortcut.

Weights
You can apply weights to the X, Y, and Z coordinates of each feature in
the alignment. A weight ensures a higher priority for that feature in the
calculation.

In the Alignments dialog box, select the Set Weights checkbox to add
the Weights columns to the Alignments dialog box, then enter a value
for the X, Y, and Z coordinate for each feature.

The default value is 1; input a number greater than 1 to emphasize a


weight. Enter 0 to remove the weight from the calculation.

ACTIVITY: Adding Weights


For this activity, you will add weights to Iterative.

1. Manage On the Alignments tab, click Manage.


Alignment
Keyboard
Shortcuts
A:
A l i g n m e n t s

Manage
2. Advanced Click Advanced Options and select the Set
Alignments
Options Weights checkbox to view the Weights columns.

3. Enter weight In the Weights column, double-click the X


values coordinate of Circle 1 - Actual and enter 5.
4. Apply/Solve Click Apply/Solve and note the differences in the
11 : I t e r a t i v e

Results area (lower right).


5. Close Click Close.
M o d u l e

11.6
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Fit Scale
You can scale the measured features during the best fit calculations. The
scale is the ratio of the measured features to their nominal features.

Select the Fit Scale check box to scale measured features during best
fit calculations.

If the Fit Scale check box is not selected, no scaling is used in the
calculations and the scale of the part is 1:1.

Material Temperature
Scaling for temperature allows you to adjust part measurements in areas
that are either warmer or cooler than the nominal temperature of 20°C
(68°F). The measurement results are adjusted for thermal expansion or
contraction.

You can adjust calculations for both the material and the current
temperature of the part. To scale for material temperature changes after
creating an Alignment:

zz In the Details section of the Alignment dialog box, click the Material
drop-down arrow and select a material from the library. You will see
the coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) next to the material name.
You cannot change this value.

zz Enter the temperature of the part, and select Celsius (°C) or


Fahrenheit (°F) from the drop-down list.

To create a new material, click the Plus (+) button next to the Materials
drop-down arrow. In the Create New Material dialog box, enter a name
and coefficient of thermal expansion value for the new material. Click

A l i g n m e n t s
OK to add this material to the library.

11 : I t e r a t i v e
M o d u l e

11.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Adding Material And Temperature Considerations
For this activity, you will add material and temperature considerations to Iterative.

1. Manage On the Alignments tab, click Manage.


Alignment
Keyboard
Shortcuts 2. Select Material Click the Material drop-down (upper right) and
A: choose Aluminum Alloy 2011.
Manage 3. Enter Enter 40 in the Temperature box.
Alignments
Temperature
4. Apply/Solve Click Apply/Solve and note the differences in the
Results area (lower right).

5. Reset Weights zz Clear the Set Weights checkbox.


and Scale zz Click the Material drop-down and choose
A l i g n m e n t s

None.
6. Apply/Solve Click Apply/Solve and note the differences in the
Results area (lower right).
7. Close Click Close.
11 : I t e r a t i v e

Now that you’ve created your Iterative alignment, you can create a
report of the measurement results.
M o d u l e

11.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results
For this activity, you will view the results of the Iterative alignment using
CAM2 Measure’s reports.

☛☛Before switching to the Report list, make sure the view in the Main window is
how you would like it to appear on the report. A good way to zoom and orient
the part is to use the keyboard shortcuts. The E key resets the zoom, I key
zooms in, O key zooms out, 6 orients the part to a top view, and 7, 8, 9, 0 are
the isometric views.

1. Select the Circles In the Features list, select Circle 1, Circle 3,


Circle 5, Circle 7.
2. Report button In the Navigation window, click Report.
3. Add features to The four circles automatically add to New List 1
the report which is the active report list.
4. Hide the Feature Click the pin in the upper right corner of the
Information panel. Feature Information panel to auto hide the
panel.

A l i g n m e n t s
11 : I t e r a t i v e

Review the measurement results of the four circles.


5. Features button In the Navigation window, click Features.
6. Show the Feature Click the Feature Information panel and then
Information panel. click the pin in the upper right corner of the
Feature Information panel to show the panel.
M o d u l e

11.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
For this activity, you will save your work in the measurement file.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Browse to your folder and in the File name box,
type Iterative.fcd.
3. Save Click Save.
4. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

Auto Nominal Association


Auto Nominal Association is a CAM2 Measure preference which controls
the automatic association of the nearest nominal to a measured feature

##
- providing it falls within a set of tolerance zones. This preference is
enabled by default. To enable or disable auto nominal association:

Auto Nominal Association zz On the File tab, click Preferences. In the Preferences dialog
is not active until an
box, select Measurement and the Auto Nominal tab.
alignment has solved. zz Select or clear the Automatically Associate Nominal check
box.

ACTIVITY: Measuring Additional Features


For this activity, you will measure the remaining circle on the part. The Auto
Nominal preference will automatically find and associate the nominal circles from
the CAD part after the measured circle has solved.
A l i g n m e n t s

1. Circle command On the Measure tab, click Circle.


Keyboard 2. Measure circles Measure Circles 2, 4, 6, and 8. You can rename
Shortcuts the features if you wish.
F10: 3. Review the report In the Navigation window, click Report. Add
Measure Circle these new circles to the report and review the
results.
11 : I t e r a t i v e

Review the measurement results of the four circles.

4. Main window In the Navigation window, click Features.


5. Save On the File tab, click Save to update your
Iterative.fcd file.
M o d u l e

11.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

11.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 12:
Wireframe CAD Inspection

I n this module, you will become familiar with using the wireframe data of a CAD model to
facilitate inspection of your part.

Prerequisite: Working with CAD module.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE
You will be able to:
zz Identify proper alignment using the blueprint design.
zz Employ a wireframe CAD model with a Coordinate System Alignment.

KEY TERMS
See Appendix III for definitions
Alignment CAD
Coordinate System Keyboard Shortcuts
Nominal

I n s p e c t i o n
C A D
W i r e f r a m e
1 2 :
M o d u l e

12.1
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: COMPARING MEASUREMENTS TO CAD
Your boss hands you a CD-ROM and says, “ This is a CAD file that goes
with the customer ’s blueprint. It has all of the nominal data for each
feature.” How can I use this file in the measurement process?

I have to inspect the part and compare the measurements to the “perfect
world” features in my CAD file. Should I create a coordinate system based on
my measurements and align with the CAD’s coordinate system? What’s the
best way to compare my measurements to my CAD nominals?

The core principle of wireframe CAD inspection is the comparison of


physical part measurements to nominal CAD features. When you align
the measurements and nominals, the differences between them can be
identified and analyzed.

The coordinate system on the physical part relates to the coordinate


system of the part’s CAD model. In CAM2 Measure, you can align these
coordinate systems and associate the measured features to the nominal
features contained in the CAD model.

Wireframe CAD Inspection Workflow


I n s p e c t i o n

1. Import the CAD file.

2. Measure the alignment features of the part.

3. Create a coordinate system and align the measurement coordinate


system to the wireframe CAD model.

4. Measure other features for comparison to the CAD model.


C A D

5. Associate measured features to nominal features, or add


measurement commands to nominal features.
1 2 : W i r e f r a m e

6. Adjust positional and form tolerances for the holes, round slots, etc.

7. Create and view a report.


M o d u l e

12.2
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Aligning To CAD With A Measured Coordinate
System
For this activity, you will measure features, create a coordinate system with those
features, and align the coordinate system with the CAD coordinate system for
proper alignment.

1. New file On the File tab, click New.


2. Import CAD On the File tab, click Import/Export, then select Keyboard
CAD from the Import column. Shortcuts
☛☛You can also click Import CAD on the Home Ctrl + N:
New File
tab.
3. Select file In the Open dialog box,
browse to the \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10 Training Files\ folder and
select Demo Part Q.x_t. Click Open.
4. Measure Mode If necessary, click Measure/Template Mode so
that you are in Measure mode.
5. Measure top On the Measure tab, click Plane. Measure the
plane plane on the top of the demo plate.
Keyboard
6. Measure front line On the Measure tab, click 2D Line. Measure the Shortcuts
front edge of the part from left to right. F3:
7. Measure Circle 9 On the Measure tab, click Circle. Measure Measure Plane
F4:
Circle 9. Measure Line
8. Rename features On the Features list, right click on Plane 1 and F10:
select Rename. Backspace and rename the Measure Circle

I n s p e c t i o n
feature as Top.

Repeat and rename:


Line 1 - Front
Circle 1 - Circle 9
9. Create coordinate On the Alignments tab, click Create.
system

C A D
Keyboard
10. Select Plane 1 In the Plane Feature list, select Top  - Actual. In Shortcuts
the Axis list, select +Z. C:
Create 1 2 : W i r e f r a m e
☛☛You have just selected the Z axis of the new Coordinate
coordinate system. System

11. Select 2D Line 1 In the Line Feature list, select Front - Actual. In


the Axis list, select +X.

☛☛You have just selected the X axis of the new


coordinate system.
12. Select Circle 9 In the Point Feature list, select Circle 9 - Actual.
M o d u l e

☛☛You have just established the center of Circle


9 as the origin.

12.3
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
13. Align to World Select the Align with box and select World.

☛☛This aligns your measured coordinate system


to the nominal (or World) coordinate system.
14. Create and Close Click OK.

If you create
nominal features and add Now that you’ve aligned your measured coordinate system with the
measurements to them, your nominal (World) coordinate system, you can compare your measured
features to the nominal features of the CAD model.
measurements and nominals
are automatically associated.

ACTIVITY: Viewing The Measurement Results


For this activity, you will check the automatic nominal of Circle 9 and review the
measurement results.

1. Feature Click the Feature Information tab. Check to


Information tab see if a nominal was automatically created and
associated.
2. View results Use the Feature Information panel to compare
the measured circle’s measurements, positioning,
and other GD&T statistics with its nominal.
I n s p e c t i o n

Circle 9 results

Center.x Actual: _____________

Center.y Actual: _____________

Center.z Actual: _____________


C A D

Diameter Actual: _____________

Circularity Actual: _____________


1 2 : W i r e f r a m e
M o d u l e

12.4
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
Save the CAD file that you have prepared for inspection.

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Browse to your folder and in the File name box,
type Wireframe CAD Inspection.fcd.
3. Save Click Save.
4. Main window Click the Home tab to return to the Main window.

I n s p e c t i o n
C A D
1 2 : W i r e f r a m e
M o d u l e

12.5
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: SUB-ASSEMBLIES WITH LOCAL COORDINATE
SYSTEMS, ASSEMBLIES WITH GLOBAL COORDINATE
SYSTEMS
Your boss hands you a CD-ROM and says, “ This is a CAD file that goes
with the customer ’s blueprint. It has all of the nominal data for each
feature.” How can I use this file in the measurement process?

The part I am inspecting is a sub-component of a larger assembly. The CAD


file of the sub-component has a coordinate system, and the larger assembly
has a global coordinate system. How do I inspect using multiple coordinate
systems?

Parts that are sub-assemblies (or “piece parts”) may have a part (local)
coordinate system that relates to an assembly (global) coordinate
system on the final assembly. For example, one automobile part may
report its features based on a coordinate system established from the
fully assembled automobile.

If you know the relationship of the part coordinate system to the


assembly coordinate system, you can apply an offset and rotation to
align the part coordinate system with the assembly coordinate system.
I n s p e c t i o n

If you need smaller, more manageable dimensions, you can inspect the
entire part from the part coordinate system. Then, apply an offset and
rotation to the part coordinate system to move into the larger assembly
coordinate system.
C A D
1 2 : W i r e f r a m e
M o d u l e

12.6
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Offsetting A Coordinate System
For this activity, you will apply an offset to translate to the coordinate system you’ve
created to a known position based on the final assembly.

For this example, let’s assume the origin of the assembly coordinate system is
located at
X 500, Y 220, Z 0.

1. Edit Coordinate Select Coordinate System 1. Right-click and


System 1 select Properties.
2. Offset Select the Offset check box and enter the
following translation for X, Y, and Z:
(500, 220, 0).
3. Modify Click Modify and Close.
4. View results Click Circle 9 and check the Feature
Information panel to compare the differences in
the X position, Y position, and the 3D Distance to
the previous results.

I n s p e c t i o n
C A D
1 2 : W i r e f r a m e
M o d u l e

12.7
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
SCENARIO: THE CAD FILE’S COORDINATE SYSTEM IS IN
THE INCORRECT LOCATION
When inspecting with wireframe CAD files, you may occasionally find that
a CAD file’s coordinate system is in the incorrect (or not optimal) location.

The CAD file that I’m to use for inspection has the coordinate system in the
wrong place! What if I can’t contact the supplier of the CAD file and convince
them to send me an updated CAD file? How can I create the correct coordinate
system using CAM2 Measure?

The best option is to ask the CAD file’s drafter to move the file’s
coordinate system to the appropriate position and orientation for your
inspection. If this is not feasible, you may import the model into a CAD
program and perform changes; however, problems may arise with the
CAD model type when importing the file into a different CAD program.

CAM2 Measure gives you the ability to move the CAD file’s coordinate
system using nominal features defined from the CAD model. In other
words, you can make a new nominal coordinate system from the
features of the CAD model, which you can then use to align your
measurement device.
I n s p e c t i o n
C A D
1 2 : W i r e f r a m e
M o d u l e

12.8
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Creating A Nominal Coordinate System
For this activity, you will use the Pick from CAD commands to create a new
coordinate system for your part.

1. New file On the File tab, click New.


2. Measure Mode If necessary, click Measure/Template Mode so Keyboard
that you are in Measure mode. Shortcuts
3. Import CAD On the File tab, click Import/Export, then select Ctrl + N:
CAD from the Import column. New File

☛☛You can also click Import CAD on the Home


tab.
4. Select file In the Open dialog box,
browse to the \My Documents\
CAM2 Measure 10 Training Files\ folder and
select Demo Part Q.x_t. Click Open.
5. Wireframe mode Press the S keyboard shortcut to see the
different shaded and wireframe view modes. Set
wireframe (no rendering) mode.

6. Pick Plane from On the Pick From CAD tab, click Plane.
CAD
7. Pick points on The Pick Plane from CAD window appears.
plane Click on the part’s top surface wireframe edge.
8. Create Plane 1 appears in the Features list.

I n s p e c t i o n
9. Close Click Close.

10. Pick Line from On the Pick From CAD tab, click Line.
CAD
11. Pick points on On the Pick Line from CAD window, click on the

C A D
line top front wireframe edge of the part.
12. Create Line 1 appears in the Features list.
13. Pick points on On the Pick Line from CAD window, click on top 1 2 : W i r e f r a m e
line edge of the part above Circle 11.
14. Create Line 2 appears in the Features list.
15. Close Click Close.
Note that with some CAD files you may have to click the minimum
number of points on the CAD to create the feature.
16. Create coordinate On the Alignments tab, click Create. Keyboard
M o d u l e

system Shortcuts
C:
Create
17. Advanced tab Click on the Advanced tab. Coordinate
System

12.9
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
18. Select primary In the Primary Feature list, select
feature Plane 1 - Nominal. In the Axis list, select +Z.
19. Select secondary In the Secondary Feature list, select
feature Line 1 - Nominal. In the Axis list, select +X.
20. Select origin In the Origin Feature list, select Line
2 - Nominal.
21. Do not align Clear the Align with check box.
22. Create and close Click OK.

You have just created a new nominal coordinate system for the CAD
model using CAM2 Measure’s Construct from CAD and Coordinate
Systems commands. In the next activity, you will measure the physical
part, construct a part coordinate system, and align that coordinate
system to the new nominal coordinate system.

ACTIVITY: Aligning To The Nominal Coordinate System


For this activity, you will measure the part, create a coordinate system from the part
measurements, and align the part’s coordinate system to the nominal coordinate
system (Coordinate System 1).

☛☛Make sure you are in Measure mode.


1. Measure top On the Measure tab, click Plane. Measure the
I n s p e c t i o n

Keyboard
plane plane on the top of the demo plate. Cancel the
Shortcuts
F3:
Plane command.
Measure Plane 2. Measure front line On the Measure tab, click 2D Line. Measure the
F4: front line of the part from left to right.
Measure Line
3. Measure side line Measure the side line of the part from front to
back. Cancel the Line command.
C A D

4. Create coordinate On the Alignments tab, click Create.


system
Keyboard
5. Advanced tab Click on the Advanced tab.
1 2 : W i r e f r a m e

Shortcuts
C: 6. Select primary In the Primary Feature list, select
Create
feature Plane 2 - Actual. In the Axis list, select +Z.
Coordinate
System 7. Select secondary In the Secondary Feature list, select
feature Line 3 - Actual. In the Axis list, select +X.
8. Select origin In the Origin Feature list, select Line 4 - Actual
9. Align with Select the Align with check box and select
Coordinate Coordinate System 1.
M o d u l e

System 1
10. OK Click OK.

12.10
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
The CAD coordinate system has moved to the correct orientation and
the part is aligned. Notice that the measured features are now in a
feature group with the nominal features. The feature group always uses
the name of the nominals by default.

☛☛A quicker method to completing this measurement activity is to select


the nominal features in the Features list, right-click, and use the Add
Measurement command. This also creates measurement features
(-Actual) with the same name as the nominal features.

ACTIVITY: Reporting The Results Of The CAD Inspection


For this activity, you will view the results of the wireframe CAD inspection using
CAM2 Measure’s reports.

☛☛Before switching to the Report list, make sure the view in the Main window is
how you would like it to appear on the report. A good way to zoom and orient
the part is to use the keyboard shortcuts. The E key resets the zoom, I key
zooms in, O key zooms out, 6 orients the part to a top view, and 7, 8, 9, 0 are
the isometric views.

1. Report button In the Navigation window, click Report.


2. Add features On the Home tab, click Include Features in the
Report List group. In the Add to Report dialog
box, select all the features except World.

☛☛Hold the Ctrl key and choose each individual


feature.

I n s p e c t i o n
Click Add to add these features to the report.
☛☛A quicker method is to select the features in the Features list and
then click Report.
3. View results Compare the actual data to the nominal data.

C A D
1 2 : W i r e f r a m e
M o d u l e

12.11
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
ACTIVITY: Saving A File
Save the CAD file that you have prepared for inspection:

1. Save As On the File tab, click Save As.


2. Your folder Browse to your folder and in the File name box,
type Wireframe CAD Inspection 2.fcd.
3. Save Click Save.
I n s p e c t i o n
C A D
1 2 : W i r e f r a m e
M o d u l e

12.12
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
NOTES:

12.13
08m13e14 - CAM2 Measure v10.7 - FaroArm Training Workbook - September 2017.pdf
https://knowledge.faro.com/Software/FARO_CAM2/Measure
Module 13:
Surface Measurement for Inspection or Reverse
Engineering

E n g i n e e r i n g
In this module, you will become familiar with measuring surface features for both surface
inspection and reverse engineering. You will use surface inspection commands in
CAM2 Measure to inspect a part with free-form surfaces, edit complex measurement data, and
create a report of the surface measurements. You will use the surface information in a CAD file
as nominal data for the inspection of your part, and also create a CAD model of your part for
export.

R e v e r s e
Prerequisite: Basic Measurement, Coordinate Systems, and Working with CAD modules.

XX MODULE OBJECTIVE

o r
You will be able to:

I n s p e c t i o n